Document:

exv4w1

Exhibit 4.1

CLEARWIRE COMMUNICATIONS LLC

and

CLEARWIRE FINANCE, INC.,

as Issuers,

GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN,

as Guarantors,

and

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB,

as Trustee

Indenture

Dated as of December 8, 2010

 

8.25% Exchangeable Notes due 2040

 

 

Clearwire Communications, LLC

and

Clearwire Finance, Inc.*

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act

of 1939 and Indenture, dated as of December 8, 2010

	 	 	 	 
	Trust Indenture	 	 
	Act Section	 	Indenture Section
	§ 310	(a)(1)	 	608
	 	(a)(2) 	 	608
	 	(a)(5) 	 	608
	 	(b) 	 	609
	§ 312	(a)	 	701
	 	(b) 	 	702
	 	(c) 	 	702
	§ 313	(a)	 	703
	 	(b)(1) 	 	102
	 	(b)(2) 	 	102
	 	(c)(1) 	 	102, 703
	 	(c)(2) 	 	102, 703
	§ 314	(a)	 	N/A
	 	(a)(4) 	 	N/A
	 	(b) 	 	N/A
	 	(c)(1) 	 	N/A
	 	(c)(2) 	 	N/A
	 	(c)(3) 	 	N/A
	 	(d) 	 	N/A
	 	(e) 	 	N/A
	 	(f) 	 	N/A
	§ 315	(a)	 	601
	 	(b) 	 	602
	 	(c) 	 	601
	 	(d) 	 	601
	 	(e) 	 	601, 603
	§ 316	(a)(last sentence)	 	101 (“Outstanding”)
	 	(a)(1)(A) 	 	502, 512
	 	(a)(1)(B) 	 	513
	 	(b) 	 	508
	 	(c) 	 	104(d)
	§ 317	(a)(1)	 	503
	 	(a)(2) 	 	504
	 	(b) 	 	1003
	§ 318	(a)	 	111

 

			
	*	 	This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS1

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	ARTICLE ONE
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 101. Definitions
	 	 	1	 
	SECTION 102. Compliance Certificates and Opinions
	 	 	16	 
	SECTION 103. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee
	 	 	17	 
	SECTION 104. Acts of Holders
	 	 	17	 
	SECTION 105. Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Issuers, Any Guarantor and Agent
	 	 	18	 
	SECTION 106. Notice to Holders; Waiver
	 	 	18	 
	SECTION 107. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents
	 	 	19	 
	SECTION 108. Successors and Assigns
	 	 	19	 
	SECTION 109. Separability Clause
	 	 	19	 
	SECTION 110. Benefits of Indenture
	 	 	19	 
	SECTION 111. Governing Law
	 	 	19	 
	SECTION 112. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	 	 	19	 
	SECTION 113. Legal Holidays
	 	 	20	 
	SECTION 114. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	 	 	20	 
	SECTION 115. Trust Indenture Act Controls
	 	 	20	 
	SECTION 116. Counterparts
	 	 	20	 
	SECTION 117. USA Patriot Act
	 	 	20	 
	SECTION 118. Waiver of Jury Trial
	 	 	20	 
	SECTION 119. Force Majeure
	 	 	20	 
	SECTION 120. Calculations
	 	 	21	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE TWO
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	NOTE FORMS
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 201. Forms Generally
	 	 	21	 
	SECTION 202. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication
	 	 	22	 
	SECTION 203. Restrictive Legends
	 	 	22	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE THREE
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	THE NOTES
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 301. Title and Terms
	 	 	24	 
	SECTION 302. Denominations
	 	 	24	 
	SECTION 303. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating
	 	 	25	 
	SECTION 304. Temporary Notes
	 	 	26	 
	SECTION 305. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange
	 	 	26	 
	SECTION 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes
	 	 	26	 
	SECTION 307. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved
	 	 	27	 
	SECTION 308. Persons Deemed Owners
	 	 	28	 

 

			
	1	 	This table of contents shall not, for any
purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture.

-i-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	SECTION 309. Cancellation
	 	 	28	 
	SECTION 310. Computation of Interest
	 	 	28	 
	SECTION 311. Book-Entry and Transfer Provisions
	 	 	28	 
	SECTION 312. CUSIP Numbers
	 	 	33	 
	SECTION 313. Additional Notes
	 	 	33	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE FOUR
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 401. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
	 	 	33	 
	SECTION 402. Application of Trust Money
	 	 	34	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE FIVE
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	REMEDIES
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 501. Events of Default
	 	 	35	 
	SECTION 502. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
	 	 	37	 
	SECTION 503. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee
	 	 	38	 
	SECTION 504. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	 	 	38	 
	SECTION 505. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes
	 	 	39	 
	SECTION 506. Application of Money Collected
	 	 	39	 
	SECTION 507. Limitation on Suits
	 	 	40	 
	SECTION 508. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest
	 	 	40	 
	SECTION 509. Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	 	 	40	 
	SECTION 510. Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	 	 	40	 
	SECTION 511. Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 512. Control by Holders
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 513. Waiver of Past Defaults
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 514. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
	 	 	41	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE SIX
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	THE TRUSTEE
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 601. Duties of the Trustee
	 	 	42	 
	SECTION 602. Notice of Defaults
	 	 	42	 
	SECTION 603. Certain Rights of Trustee
	 	 	43	 
	SECTION 604. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes
	 	 	44	 
	SECTION 605. May Hold Notes
	 	 	44	 
	SECTION 606. Money Held in Trust
	 	 	44	 
	SECTION 607. Compensation and Reimbursement
	 	 	45	 
	SECTION 608. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility
	 	 	45	 
	SECTION 609. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor
	 	 	45	 
	SECTION 610. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor
	 	 	46	 
	SECTION 611. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business
	 	 	47	 
	SECTION 612. Appointment of Authenticating Agent
	 	 	47	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE SEVEN
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	HOLDERS LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND ISSUERS
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 701. Issuers to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses
	 	 	49	 
	SECTION 702. Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders
	 	 	49	 

-ii-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	SECTION 703. Reports by Trustee
	 	 	49	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE EIGHT
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 801. Issuers May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms
	 	 	49	 
	SECTION 802. Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms
	 	 	50	 
	SECTION 803. Successor Substituted
	 	 	51	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE NINE
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 901. Amendments or Supplements Without Consent of Holders
	 	 	51	 
	SECTION 902. Amendments, Supplements or Waivers with Consent of Holders
	 	 	52	 
	SECTION 903. Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 904. Effect of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 905. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 906. Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 907. Notice of Supplemental Indentures
	 	 	53	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE TEN
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	COVENANTS
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 1001. Payment of Principal, Premium, if Any, and Interest
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency
	 	 	54	 
	SECTION 1003. Money for Notes Payments to Be Held in Trust
	 	 	54	 
	SECTION 1004. Corporate Existence
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 1005. Statement by Officers as to Default
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 1006. Reports and Other Information
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 1007. Future Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	 	57	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE ELEVEN
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE OF NOTES
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 1101. Right of Redemption
	 	 	57	 
	SECTION 1102. Applicability of Article
	 	 	57	 
	SECTION 1103. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee
	 	 	58	 
	SECTION 1104. Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed
	 	 	58	 
	SECTION 1105. Notice of Redemption
	 	 	58	 
	SECTION 1106. Deposit of Redemption Price
	 	 	59	 
	SECTION 1107. Notes Payable on Redemption Date
	 	 	59	 
	SECTION 1108. Notes Redeemed in Part
	 	 	60	 
	SECTION 1109. Sinking Fund
	 	 	60	 
	SECTION 1110. Repurchase of Notes at Option of the Holders on Specified Dates
	 	 	60	 
	SECTION 1111. Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change
	 	 	63	 
	SECTION 1112. Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice
	 	 	65	 
	SECTION 1113. Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price
	 	 	65	 
	SECTION 1114. Covenant to Comply with Applicable Laws Upon Repurchase of Notes
	 	 	66	 

-iii-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	ARTICLE TWELVE
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	GUARANTEES
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 1201. Guarantees
	 	 	66	 
	SECTION 1202. Severability
	 	 	67	 
	SECTION 1203. Ranking of Guarantee
	 	 	67	 
	SECTION 1204. Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability
	 	 	67	 
	SECTION 1205. Contribution
	 	 	68	 
	SECTION 1206. Subrogation
	 	 	68	 
	SECTION 1207. Reinstatement
	 	 	68	 
	SECTION 1208. Release of a Guarantor
	 	 	68	 
	SECTION 1209. Benefits Acknowledged
	 	 	69	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE THIRTEEN
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	EXCHANGE OF NOTES
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 1301. Exchange Privilege
	 	 	69	 
	SECTION 1302. Exchange Cap
	 	 	69	 
	SECTION 1303. Exchange Procedure
	 	 	69	 
	SECTION 1304. Payment upon Exchange
	 	 	70	 
	SECTION 1305. Increased Exchange Rate Applicable to Certain Notes Surrendered in Connection with Fundamental Changes
	 	 	72	 
	
SECTION 1306. Adjustment of Exchange Rate
	 	 	73	 
	SECTION 1307. Adjustments of Prices
	 	 	80	 
	SECTION 1308. Effect of Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of the Common Stock
	 	 	80	 
	SECTION 1309. Certain Covenants
	 	 	81	 
	SECTION 1310. Responsibility of Trustee
	 	 	81	 
	SECTION 1311. Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions
	 	 	82	 
	SECTION 1312. Stockholder Rights Plans
	 	 	82	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE FOURTEEN
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SUBORDINATION
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 1401. Agreement to Subordinate
	 	 	83	 
	SECTION 1402. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy
	 	 	83	 
	SECTION 1403. Default on Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers
	 	 	83	 
	SECTION 1404. Acceleration of Payment of Notes
	 	 	84	 
	SECTION 1405. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over
	 	 	84	 
	SECTION 1406. Subrogation
	 	 	84	 
	SECTION 1407. Relative Rights
	 	 	84	 
	SECTION 1408. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuers
	 	 	85	 
	SECTION 1409. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent
	 	 	85	 
	SECTION 1410. Distribution or Notice to Representative
	 	 	85	 
	SECTION 1411. Article Fourteen Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate
	 	 	85	 
	SECTION 1412. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated
	 	 	85	 
	SECTION 1413. Trustee Entitled To Rely
	 	 	86	 
	SECTION 1414. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination
	 	 	86	 
	SECTION 1415. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers
	 	 	86	 
	SECTION 1416. Reliance by Holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers on Subordination Provisions
	 	 	86	 

-iv-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	ARTICLE FIFTEEN
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 1501. Agreement to Subordinate
	 	 	87	 
	SECTION 1502. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy
	 	 	87	 
	SECTION 1503. Default on Designated First Lien Indebtedness of a Guarantor
	 	 	87	 
	SECTION 1504. Demand for Payment
	 	 	88	 
	SECTION 1505. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over
	 	 	88	 
	SECTION 1506. Subrogation
	 	 	88	 
	SECTION 1507. Relative Rights
	 	 	89	 
	SECTION 1508. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor
	 	 	89	 
	SECTION 1509. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent
	 	 	89	 
	SECTION 1510. Distribution or Notice to Representative
	 	 	89	 
	SECTION 1511. Article Fifteen Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Demand Payment
	 	 	90	 
	SECTION 1512. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated
	 	 	90	 
	SECTION 1513. Trustee Entitled To Rely
	 	 	90	 
	SECTION 1514. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination
	 	 	90	 
	SECTION 1515. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of Guarantors
	 	 	90	 
	SECTION 1516. Reliance by Holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions
	 	 	90	 

-v-

 

EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A — Form of Note

EXHIBIT B — Form of Certificate of Transfer

EXHIBIT C — Form of Certificate of Exchange

EXHIBIT D — Form of Supplemental Indenture

EXHIBIT E — Form of Incumbency Certificate

EXHIBIT F — Form of Notice of Exchange

EXHIBIT G — Form of Repurchase Notice

-vi-

 

          INDENTURE, dated as of December 8, 2010 (this “Indenture”), among CLEARWIRE COMMUNICATIONS
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”) having its principal executive offices at
4400 Carillon Point, Kirkland, Washington 98033, the direct subsidiary of the Company, CLEARWIRE
FINANCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Finance Co” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”)
having its principal executive offices at 4400 Carillon Point, Kirkland, Washington 98033, certain
of the Company’s direct and indirect Domestic Subsidiaries, each named in the signature pages
hereto (each, a “Guarantor”), and WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, a federal savings bank, as trustee (in such
capacity, the “Trustee”).

RECITALS OF THE ISSUERS

          The Issuers have duly authorized the creation of an issue of 8.25% Exchangeable Notes due 2040
issued on the date hereof (the “Notes”) of substantially the tenor and amount hereinafter set
forth, and to provide therefor the Issuers have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this
Indenture. As used herein, “Notes” shall include any Additional Notes that are issued pursuant to
this Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.

          Each Guarantor has duly authorized its Guarantee of the Notes and to provide therefor each
Guarantor has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

          All things necessary have been done to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuers and
authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Issuers, the valid and legally binding
obligations of the Issuers and to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the
Issuers, in accordance with their and its terms.

          All things necessary have been done to make the Guarantees, upon execution and delivery of
this Indenture, the valid obligations of each Guarantor and to make this Indenture a valid and
legally binding agreement of each Guarantor, in accordance with their and its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

          For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof,
it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as
follows:

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

          SECTION 101. Definitions.

          For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the
context otherwise requires:

     (a) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this
Article, and include the plural as well as the singular;

     (b) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either
directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein, and the terms
“cash transaction” and “self-liquidating paper”, as used in TIA Section 311, shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the rules of the Commission adopted under the Trust Indenture
Act;

     (c) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to
them in accordance with GAAP (as herein defined); and

     (d) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import
refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other
subdivision.

 

 

          “144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing
the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and
registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination
equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

          “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,

     (1) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of any other Person existing at the time such
other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person,
including, without limitation, Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock incurred in connection
with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a
Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

     (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified
Person.

          “Act,” when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 104 of this
Indenture.

          “Additional Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 303.

          “Additional Settlement Consideration” has the meaning specified in Section 1304(c) of this
Indenture.

          “Additional Shares” has the meaning specified in Section 1305(a) of this Indenture.

          “Adjusted Net Assets” has the meaning specified in Section 1205 of this Indenture.

          “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling
or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For
purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
“controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any
Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by agreement or otherwise.

          “Agent” means any Note Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent, Exchange Agent, or additional
paying or exchange agent.

          “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial
interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream
that apply to such transfer or exchange.

          “Authenticating Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 612 of this Indenture.

          “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or any
similar United States federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership,
winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or
change in any such law.

          “Blockage Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 1403 of this Indenture.

          “Board of Directors” means:

     (1) with respect to a corporation, the Board of Directors of the corporation or (other
than for purposes of determining Change of Control) any committee thereof duly authorized to
act on behalf of the Board of Directors with respect to the relevant matter;

-2-

 

     (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the
partnership;

     (3) with respect to a limit liability company, the Board of Directors of the managing
member; and

     (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a
similar function.

          “Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of
Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and, if required by
this Indenture, delivered to the Trustee.

          “Business Day” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day
on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law,
regulation or executive order to close.

          “Capital Stock” means

     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock,

     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock,

     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or
membership interests (whether general or limited), and

     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a
share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

          “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the
amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be
capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in
accordance with GAAP.

          “Clause A Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 1306(c) of this Indenture.

          “Clause B Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 1306(c) of this Indenture.

          “Clause C Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 1306(c) of this Indenture.

          “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, and its successors.

          “Clearwire International” means Clearwire International, LLC, a Washington limited liability
company.

          “Close of Business” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time.

          “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted,
created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such
Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture
Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

          “Common Stock” means the Class A common stock of Parent, par value $0.0001 per share, subject
to Section 1308 hereto.

-3-

 

          “Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture,
until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.

          “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person
guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness
(“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly
or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not
contingent,

     (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or
indirect security therefor,

     (b) to advance or supply funds

     (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or

     (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or
otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

     (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring
the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make
payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

          “Corporate Trust Office” means the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee, at which
at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date
of execution of this Indenture is located at Wilmington Trust FSB, Corporate Capital Markets, 50
South Sixth Street, Suite 1290, Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544, Attention: Clearwire Communications LLC
Administrator, except that with respect to presentation of the Notes for payment or for
registration of transfer or exchange, such term shall mean the office or agency of the Trustee at
which, at any particular time, its corporate agency business shall be conducted.

          “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any
successor entity thereto.

          “Daily Settlement Value” means, for each of the 25 consecutive Trading Days during the
Observation Period, one-twenty-fifth (1/25) of the product of (1) the applicable Exchange Rate and
(2) the Daily VWAP of Common Stock (or the consideration into which Common Stock has been exchanged
in connection with certain corporate transactions pursuant to Section 1308) on such day.

          “Daily VWAP” means, with respect to Common Stock, for each of the 25 consecutive Trading Days
during the Observation Period, the per share volume-weighted average price as displayed under the
heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page CLWR <equity> AQR in respect of the period from
9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Trading Day (or if such volume-weighted average
price is unavailable, the market value of one share of Common Stock on such Trading Day as the
Company’s Board of Directors determines in good faith using a volume-weighted method). The “Daily
VWAP” will be determined without regard to after hours trading or any other trading outside of the
regular trading session trading hours.

          “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both
would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an
action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed
to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

          “Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 307 of this Indenture.

-4-

 

          “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and
issued in accordance with Section 311 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except
that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in
the Global Note” attached thereto.

          “Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), its nominees and their respective
successors.

          “Designated First Lien Indebtedness” means any Obligations outstanding under the
First-Priority Indentures.

          “Distributed Property” has the meaning specified in Section 1306(c) of this Indenture.

          “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person
which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it
is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily
redeemable, other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, other than as a
result of a change of control or asset sale, in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91
days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer
outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of
employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital
Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased
by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory
obligations.

          “Domestic Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other
than a Foreign Subsidiary.

          “Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1305(c) of this Indenture.

          “EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

          “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for,
Capital Stock.

          “euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

          “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

          “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 501 of this Indenture.

          “Ex-Dividend Date” means the first date on which shares of the Common Stock trade on the
applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the
issuance or distribution in question, from Parent or, if applicable, from the seller of Common
Stock on such exchange or market (in the form of due bills or otherwise) as determined by such
exchange or market.

          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

          “Exchange Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 1002 of this Indenture. The Trustee
will initially act as Exchange Agent.

          “Exchange Cap” has the meaning specified in Section 1302 of this Indenture.

          “Exchange Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1303(c) of this Indenture.

-5-

 

          “Exchange Obligation” has the meaning specified in Section 1301 of this Indenture.

          “Exchange Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 1301 of this Indenture.

          “Exchange Shares” means any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes
pursuant to Article Thirteen.

          “FCC” means the Federal Communications Commission and any successor thereto.

          “FCC License” means any paging, mobile telephone, specialized mobile radio, microwave or
personal communications services and any other license, permit, consent, certificate of compliance,
franchise, approval, waiver or authorization granted or issued by the FCC, including any of the
foregoing authorizing or permitting the acquisition, construction or operation of any Wireless
Communications System.

          “FCC License Rights” means any right, title or interest in, to or under any FCC License,
whether directly or indirectly held, including, without limitation, any rights owned, granted,
approved or issued directly or indirectly by the FCC or held, leased, licensed or otherwise
acquired from or through any party (including without limitation any rights under Spectrum Leases).

          “Finance Co” means the Person named as the “Finance Co” in the first paragraph of this
Indenture, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of
this Indenture, and thereafter “Finance Co” shall mean such successor Person.

          “First-Priority Indentures” means the indentures pursuant to which the First-Priority Notes
were or will be issued.

          “First-Priority Notes” means (i) the $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of 12% Senior
Secured Notes due 2015 of the Issuers to be issued on December 9, 2010 and (ii) the Issuers’
existing 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 outstanding on the Issue Date.

          “Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (1) any Subsidiary of such Person that
is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District
of Columbia, and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary and (2) Clearwire International.

          “Fundamental Change” shall be deemed to have occurred if, after the Issue Date, any of the
following occurs:

     (1) (A) the consummation of any transaction or event (whether by means of an exchange
offer, liquidation, tender offer, consolidation, merger, combination, recapitalization or
otherwise) in connection with which 90% or more of Common Stock is exchanged for, converted
into, acquired for or constitutes solely the right to receive, consideration 10% or more of
which is not common stock that is listed on, or immediately after the transaction or event
will be listed on, the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market or the
NASDAQ Global Market; or

     (B) Permitted Holders shall own, acquire or control (or have the right to own, acquire
or control) shares of Common Stock that were issued by Parent to the public prior to the
Issue Date to the extent any such shares constitute more than 1% of the shares of Common
Stock outstanding as of the Issue Date; or

     (C) Either of the Issuers becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing
pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange
Act”), proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any “person” or “group”
(within the meaning of Section 13(d) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any
successor provision) including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or
disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1)

-6-

 

under the Exchange Act),
other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of
transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of
beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor
provision) of a majority or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent or
any of its direct or indirect parents; or

     (2) Parent is involved in a consolidation with or merger into any other person, or any
merger of another person (other than one of its Subsidiaries) into Parent, or any other
similar transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which shares of Common
Stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property or Parent sells, leases or
transfers in one transaction or a series of related transactions all or substantially all of
the property and assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided, however,
that a Fundamental Change will not be deemed to have occurred pursuant to this clause (2) if
at least 90% of the consideration received, excluding cash payments for fractional shares,
by holders of Common Stock in the transaction or transactions under this clause (2) consists
of shares of common stock that are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global
Select Market or the NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors) and as a
result of this transaction or transactions, the Notes become convertible or exchangeable
into such consideration; or

     (3) Common Stock (or any other security into which the bonds become convertible or
exchangeable in connection with a reorganization event) ceases to be listed or quoted on the
New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market or the NASDAQ Global Market; or

     (4) Shareholders of Parent approve any plan for its liquidation, dissolution or
termination.

          “Fundamental Change Issuer Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 1111(c) of this
Indenture.

          “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1111(a) of this
Indenture.

          “Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 1111(b) of this
Indenture.

          “Fundamental Change Repurchase Price” has the meaning specified in Section 1111(a) of this
Indenture.

          “Funding Guarantor” has the meaning specified in Section 1205 of this Indenture.

          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect
on the Issue Date. At any time after the Issue Date, the Issuers may elect to apply International
Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such
election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise
provided in this Indenture); provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable;
provided, further, that any calculation or determination in this Indenture that requires the
application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Issuers’ election
to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The
Issuers shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the
Trustee and the Holders of Notes.

          “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 203 hereof, which is required to be
placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

          “Global Notes” means the Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of
the Depositary or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the
Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note”
attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 201 or 312(b)(3) hereof.

-7-

 

     “Government Securities” means securities that are

     (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which
its full faith and credit is pledged, or

     (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or
instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is
unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of
America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and
shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the
Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment
of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the
account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such
custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such
depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government
Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities
evidenced by such depository receipt.

          “guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including,
without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or
any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

          “Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuers’ obligations under this
Indenture.

          “Guarantee Blockage Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 1503 of this Indenture.

          “Guarantee Payment Blockage Period” has the meaning specified in Section 1503 of this
Indenture.

          “Guarantor” means each wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Company on the Issue Date and
any other Persons that become guarantors under this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture.

          “Guarantor Payment Default” has the meaning specified in Section 1503 of this Indenture.

          “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under

     (a) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange,
interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity
collar agreements; and

     (b) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage, hedge or protect such Person
against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

          “Holder” means a registered holder of Notes.

          “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person,

     (a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not
contingent

     (1) in respect of borrowed money;

-8-

 

     (2) evidenced by bonds, Notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of
credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without double counting, reimbursement
agreements in respect thereof);

     (3) representing the deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any
property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except any such balance that
constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case
accrued in the ordinary course of business; or

     (4) representing any interest rate Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit
and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the
footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

     (b) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable
for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person,
other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of
business; and

     (c) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a
Lien on any asset owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such
Person;

provided, however, that (x) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (y)
Spectrum Leases or any guarantee of obligations under Spectrum Leases or FCC License Rights and (z)
obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities shall be deemed not to constitute
Indebtedness.

          “Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed and as it may from time to time be
supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the
applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this Indenture and any such
supplemental indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be part of and
govern this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, respectively.

          “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or
consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in
the good faith judgment of the Issuers, qualified to perform the task for which it has been
engaged.

          “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through
a Participant.

          “Initial Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

          “Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” means:

     (a) any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Law with
respect to the Issuers or any Guarantor;

     (b) any other voluntary or involuntary insolvency, reorganization or bankruptcy case or
proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or
proceeding with respect to the Issuers or any Guarantor or with respect to a material
portion of their respective assets;

     (c) any composition of liabilities or similar arrangement relating to the Issuers or
any Guarantor, whether or not under a court’s jurisdiction or supervision;

-9-

 

     (d) any liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or winding up of the Issuers or any
Guarantor, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether or not under a court’s jurisdiction or
supervision, and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy; or

     (e) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of
assets and liabilities of the Issuers or any Guarantor.

          “Interest Payment Date” means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes.

          “Issue Date” means December 8, 2010.

          “Issuer Put Right Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 1110(b) of this Indenture.

          “Issuer Put Right Notice Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1110(b) of this Indenture.

          “Issuer Request” or “Issuer Order” means a written request or order (which may be in the form
of a standing order or request) delivered to the Trustee and signed in the name of each of the
Issuers, in each case by any of the following Officers: Chairman, President, any Vice President,
Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer.

          “Issuers” means the Persons named as the “Issuers” in the first paragraph of this Indenture,
until successor Persons shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
Indenture, and thereafter “Issuers” shall mean such successor Persons.

          “Last Reported Sale Price” of the Common Stock on any date means the closing sale price per
share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if more
than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices) on that date as
reported in composite transactions for the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange
on which the Common Stock is traded. If the Common Stock is not listed for trading on a U.S.
national or regional securities exchange on the relevant date, the “Last Reported Sale Price” shall
be the last quoted bid price for the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market on the relevant
date as reported by Pink OTC Markets Inc. or a similar organization. If the Common Stock is not so
quoted, the “Last Reported Sale Price” shall be the average of the midpoint of the last bid and ask
prices for the Common Stock on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized
independent investment banking firms selected by the Issuers for this purpose.

          “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest
or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise
perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement,
any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest
in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code
(or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be
deemed to constitute a Lien.

          “Maturity,” when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the principal of such
Note or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether
at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of redemption, notice of
repurchase or otherwise.

          “Merger Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1308(a) of this Indenture.

          “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

          “Non-Guarantor Payment Default” has the meaning specified in Section 1503 of this Indenture.

          “Non-payment Default” has the meaning specified in Section 1403 of this Indenture.

          “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

-10-

 

          “Note Documents” means the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture.

          “Note Register” and “Note Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 305.

          “Notes” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly
means any Notes authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. The Notes, including the
Additional Notes, shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture, and unless
the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include any Additional Notes.

          “Notice of Exchange” has the meaning specified in Section 1303(b) of this Indenture.

          “Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the
filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for
in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under
applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements
(including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and
banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal,
interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable
under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

          “Observation Period,” with respect to any Note, means (i) the 25 consecutive trading-day
period beginning on and including the second Trading Day after a Holder delivers a Notice of
Exchange to the Exchange Agent or (ii) if the relevant Exchange Date occurs on or after the date of
issuance of a notice of redemption in accordance with Section 1105 hereto but prior to the relevant
Redemption Date, the 25 consecutive Trading Days beginning on and including the 27th scheduled
Trading Day immediately preceding such Redemption Date.

          “Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum dated December 3, 2010 relating to the
Notes.

          “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, any Executive Vice
President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company
or Finance Co.

          “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuers by two Officers of
the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer,
the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company that meets the requirements set
forth in this Indenture.

          “Open of Business” means 9:00 a.m., New York City time.

          “Opinion of Counsel” means, with respect to any Person, a written opinion reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee from legal counsel. The counsel may be counsel for such Person,
including an employee of such Person.

          “Outstanding,” when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all
Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

     (i) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation;

     (ii) Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary
amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the
Issuers) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Issuers (if any Issuer shall
act as Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be
redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or
provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

     (iii) Notes which have been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange for or in lieu
of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other
than any such

-11-

 

Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof
satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands the
Notes are valid obligations of the Issuers;

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of
Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, consent, notice or
waiver hereunder, and for the purpose of making the calculations required by TIA Section 313, Notes owned by the Issuers or any other
obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be disregarded
and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be
protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.

          “Parent” means Clearwire Corporation and its successors.

          “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who
has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to
DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

          “pay its Guarantee” has the meaning specified in Section 1503 of this Indenture.

          “pay the Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 1403 of this Indenture.

          “Paying Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 1002 of this Indenture. The Trustee will
initially act as Paying Agent.

          “Payment Blockage Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 1403 of this Indenture.

          “Payment Default” has the meaning specified in Section 1403 of this Indenture.

          “Permitted Holders” means (i) Sprint, Comcast Corporation, Time Warner Cable Inc., Bright
House Networks, LLC, Google Inc. and Intel Corporation, any of their respective successors and
their respective Affiliates or (ii) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members,
provided that in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such
“group” or any other “group,” such Persons specified in (i), collectively, have beneficial
ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock
of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group”; provided,
that for purposes of clause (1)(B) of the definition of Fundamental Change, Affiliate shall mean a
direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Person or such Person’s parent company or any Affiliate that
such Person (or its parent company) can directly or indirectly control or otherwise cause to
refrain from purchasing securities.

          “Permitted Junior Securities” means:

     (1) equity interests in the Company, any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent of
the Company; or

     (2) unsecured debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness (and any
debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness) to substantially the same extent
as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the related Guarantees are subordinated to
Designated First Lien Indebtedness hereunder;

provided that the term “Permitted Junior Securities” shall not include any securities distributed
pursuant to a plan of reorganization if the Indebtedness under Designated First Lien Indebtedness
is treated as part of the same class as the Notes for purposes of such plan of reorganization;
provided, further that to the extent that any Designated First Lien Indebtedness outstanding on the
date of consummation of any such plan of reorganization is not paid in full in

-12-

 

cash on such date,
the holders of any Designated First Lien Indebtedness not so paid in full in cash have consented to
the terms of such plan of reorganization.

          “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any
agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

          “Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a
portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this
definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for a mutilated Note
or in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the
mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

          “preferred stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends
or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

          “Private Placement Legend” has the meaning specified in Section 203 of this Indenture.

          “Put Right Repurchase Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1110(a) of this Indenture.

          “Put Right Repurchase Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 1110(a)(i) of this
Indenture.

          “Put Right Repurchase Price” has the meaning specified in Section 1110(a) of this Indenture.

          “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

          “Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person
engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital
Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.

          “Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating
on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as
the case may be, selected by the Issuers which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as
the case may be.

          “Receivables Facility” means one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended from
time to time, the Indebtedness of which is non-recourse (except for standard representations,
warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuers and
the Guarantors pursuant to which the Issuers and/or any of their Subsidiaries sells their accounts
receivable to a Person that is not a Guarantor.

          “Record Date” means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event
in which the holders of Common Stock (or other security) have the right to receive any cash,
securities or other property or in which the Common Stock (or other applicable security) is
exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date
fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property
(whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors of Parent, by statute, by contract or
otherwise).

          “Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, in whole or in part,
means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

          “Redemption Price,” has the meaning specified in Section 1101 of this Indenture.

          “Reference Property” has the meaning specified in Section 1308(a) of this Indenture.

-13-

 

          “Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
the Issue Date, between the Issuers, the Guarantors, Parent and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on
behalf of the Initial Purchasers named therein as such agreement may be amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time.

          “Regular Record Date” has the meaning specified in Section 301 of this Indenture.

          “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

          “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto
bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of
and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

          “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any vice president, any
assistant treasurer, any trust officer or assistant trust officer, or any other officer of the
Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above-designated
officers, in each case assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters, and also
means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter
is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall
have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

          “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

          “Restricted Period” means the one year distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation
S.

          “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

          “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

          “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

          “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

          “S&P” means Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group.

          “Secured Notes” means, collectively, (i) the First-Priority Notes and (ii) the Issuers’ 12%
Second-Priority Secured Notes due 2017 to be issued on December 9, 2010.

          “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations of the
Commission promulgated thereunder.

          “Senior Indebtedness” means

     (a) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) permitted to be incurred under the
terms of the indentures governing the Secured Notes;

     (b) any other Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred
under the terms of the indentures governing the Secured Notes, unless the instrument under
which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee; and

     (c) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (a) and
(b).

-14-

 

          “Significant Subsidiary” means any Guarantor that would be a “significant subsidiary” as
defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as
such regulation is in effect on the date hereof.

          “Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuers and
their Guarantors on the date of this Indenture or any business that is similar, reasonably related,
incidental or ancillary thereto.

          “Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the
Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

          “Spectrum Lease” any lease, license, agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which the
Issuers or any Guarantor leases, licenses or otherwise acquires or obtains any rights, whether
exclusive or non-exclusive, with respect to any FCC License, to which the Issuers or any Guarantor is now or may hereafter
become a party, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time in accordance with the terms hereof.

          “Spin-Off” has the meaning specified in Section 1306(c) of this Indenture.

          “Sprint” means Sprint Nextel Corporation.

          “Sprint Change of Control” means a Fundamental Change in which Sprint or a Subsidiary of
Sprint acquires all of the stock of Parent and has a class of common stock traded on a U.S.
national securities exchange or quoted on The NASDAQ National Market or which will be so traded or
quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such change of control (the “public acquiror
common stock”). If Sprint or such Subsidiary does not itself have a class of common stock
satisfying the foregoing requirement, it will be deemed to have “public acquiror common stock” if a
corporation that directly or indirectly owns at least a majority of the stock of Sprint or such
Subsidiary has a class of common stock satisfying the foregoing requirement. In such case, all
references to public acquiror common stock shall refer to such class of common stock. Ownership of
a majority for these purposes means having “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under
the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the total voting power of all shares of that entity’s capital
stock that are entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

          “Stated Maturity,” when used with respect to any Note or any installment of principal thereof
or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Notes as the fixed date on which the
principal of such Notes or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.

          “Stock Price” has the meaning specified in Section 1305(c) of this Indenture.

          “Subordinated Indebtedness” means

     (a) with respect to the Issuers, any Indebtedness of the Issuers which is by its terms
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

     (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its
terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor.

          “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person,

     (1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership,
joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the
total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at
the time of determination owned or controlled, directly

-15-

 

or indirectly, by such Person or one
or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and

     (2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of
which

     (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity
and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are
owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the
other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of
membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

     (y) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general
partner managing member of such entity.

          “Successor Company” has the meaning specified in Section 801 of this Indenture.

          “Successor Person” has the meaning specified in Section 802 of this Indenture.

          “Trading Day” means a day on which (i) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on the
NASDAQ Global Select Market or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on the NASDAQ Global Select
Market, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common
Stock is then listed or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional
securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock is then traded and
(ii) a Last Reported Sale Price for the Common Stock is available on such securities exchange or
market; provided that if the Common Stock (or other security for which a closing sale price must be
determined) is not so listed or traded, “Trading Day” means a Business Day.

          “Trigger Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1306(c) of this Indenture.

          “Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date
as of which this Indenture was executed, except as provided in Section 905.

          “Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture
until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

          “unit of Reference Property” has the meaning specified in Section 1308(a) of this Indenture.

          “Valuation Period” has the meaning specified in Section 1306(c) of this Indenture.

          “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the
outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying
shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of
such Person.

          “Wireless Communications System” means any system to provide telecommunications services,
including, without limitation, specialized mobile radio system, radio paging system, mobile
telephone system, cellular radio telecommunications system, conventional mobile telephone system,
personal communications system, EBS/ITFS-based system or BRS/MDS/MMDS-based system, data
transmission system or any other paging, mobile telephone, radio, microwave, communications,
broadband or data transmission system.

          SECTION 102. Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

          Upon any application or request by the Issuers to the Trustee to take any action under any
provision of this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate
stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture (including any
covenant compliance with which constitutes a condition

-16-

 

precedent) relating to the proposed action
have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all
such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such
application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any
provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional
certificate or opinion need be furnished.

          Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided
for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 1005(a)) shall include:

     (1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

     (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

     (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as
to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

     (4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition
or covenant has been complied with.

          SECTION 103. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

          In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion
of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by
the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document,
but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more
other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to
such matters in one or several documents.

          Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company or Finance Co may be based, insofar as
it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel,
unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate
or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is
based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion may be based, insofar as it relates to
factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of
the Company or Finance Co stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in
the possession of the Company or Finance Co, as applicable, unless such counsel knows, or in the
exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with
respect to such matters are erroneous.

          Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests,
consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may,
but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

          SECTION 104. Acts of Holders.

          (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one
or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents
duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall
become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is
hereby expressly required, to the Issuers. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied
therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing
such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing
appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in
favor of the Trustee and the Issuers, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

-17-

 

          (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be
proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or
other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual
signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution
is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or
affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority. The fact and date of the execution
of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be
proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

          (c) The principal amount and serial numbers of Notes held by any Person, and the date of
holding the same, shall be proved by the Note Register.

          (d) If the Issuers shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Issuers may, at their option, by or pursuant
to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to
give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the
Issuers shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding TIA Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such
Board Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first
solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such
solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but
only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be
Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding
Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Notes shall be computed
as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on
such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the
provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date. Any request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note
shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the
registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything
done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, the Issuers or any Guarantor in reliance
thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

          SECTION 105. Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Issuers, Any Guarantor and Agent.

          Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or
other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or
filed with,

     (1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Issuers or any Guarantor shall be sufficient
for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing (which may be via
facsimile) to or with the Trustee at Wilmington Trust FSB, Corporate Capital Markets, 50
South Sixth Street, Suite 1290, Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544, Fax (612) 217-5651, Attention:
Clearwater Communications LLC Administrator, or

     (2) the Issuers or any Guarantor by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient
for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given,
furnished or delivered in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or delivered by
recognized overnight courier, to the Issuers or such Guarantor addressed to it at the
address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph, Attention: General
Counsel, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the
Issuers or such Guarantor.

          SECTION 106. Notice to Holders; Waiver.

          Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Holders by the Issuers or the
Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in
writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at his
address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than
the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders
is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so

-18-

 

mailed,
to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders.
Notices given by publication shall be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made
and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed given five calendar days
after mailing.

          In case by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or by reason
of any other cause, it shall be impracticable to mail notice of any event to Holders when such
notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of
giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient
giving of such notice for every purpose hereunder.

          Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing
by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver
shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the
Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in
reliance upon such waiver.

          SECTION 107. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

          The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and
shall not affect the construction hereof.

          SECTION 108. Successors and Assigns.

          All agreements of the Issuers in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All
agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each
Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 1208
hereof.

          SECTION 109. Separability Clause.

          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby.

          SECTION 110. Benefits of Indenture.

          Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other
than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any Exchange Agent, any Notes Registrar and their
successors hereunder, the Holders and, with respect to any provisions hereof relating to the
subordination of the Notes or the rights of holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness, the
holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy
or claim under this Indenture.

          SECTION 111. Governing Law.

          This Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York. This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust
Indenture Act that are referred to herein or are otherwise required to be part of this Indenture
and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

          SECTION 112. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

          Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with
respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Notes
Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

-19-

 

          SECTION 113. Legal Holidays.

          In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Put Right Repurchase Date,
Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, or Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Note shall not be a
Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment
of principal (or premium, if any) or interest need not be made on such date, but may be made on the
next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment
Date, Redemption Date, Put Right Repurchase Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or at the
Stated Maturity or Maturity; provided that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after
such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Put Right Repurchase Date, Fundamental Change
Repurchase Date, Stated Maturity or Maturity, as the case may be.

          SECTION 114. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

          No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuers or any Guarantor or
any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the
Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect
of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note and the
related Guarantee waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of
the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

          SECTION 115. Trust Indenture Act Controls.

          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which
is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall
control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may
be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so
modified or excluded, as the case may be.

          SECTION 116. Counterparts.

          This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be original;
but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

          SECTION 117. USA Patriot Act.

          The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act the
Trustee and Agents, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of
terrorism and money laundering, are required to obtain, verify, and record information that
identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The
parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee and the Agents with such
information as they may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.

          SECTION 118. Waiver of Jury Trial.

          EACH OF THE ISSUERS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED
BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

          SECTION 119. Force Majeure.

          In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the
performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly,
forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts
of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of
God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or

-20-

 

computer (software and
hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are
consistent with its banking practices to resume performance as soon as practicable under the
circumstances.

          SECTION 120. Calculations.

          Except as otherwise provided herein, the Issuers shall be responsible for making all
calculations called for under the Notes. These calculations include, but are not limited to,
determinations of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock, accrued interest payable on
the Notes and the Exchange Rate of the Notes. The Issuers shall make all these calculations in
good faith and, absent manifest error, the Issuers’ calculations shall be final and binding on
Holders of Notes. The Issuers shall provide a schedule of their calculations to each of the
Trustee and the Exchange Agent, and each of the Trustee and Exchange Agent is entitled to rely
conclusively upon the accuracy of the Issuers’ calculations without independent verification. The
Trustee will forward the Issuers’ calculations to any Holder of Notes upon the request of that
Holder at the sole cost and expense of the Issuers.

ARTICLE TWO

NOTE FORMS

          SECTION 201. Forms Generally.

          The Notes shall be known and designated as “8.25% Exchangeable Notes due 2040” of the Issuers.
The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock
exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall
be in minimum denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

          The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly
made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution
and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound
thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of
this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

          Any definitive Notes shall be printed, lithographed, typewritten or engraved on steel-engraved
borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the Officers of the Issuers
executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

          Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including
the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note”
attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A
hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of
Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the
outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be
reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a
Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the
direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required
by Section 311 hereof.

          The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions
Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and
“Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the
Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

-21-

 

          SECTION 202. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

          The Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate Notes for original issue that
may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate
principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of
Notes authorized for issuance by the Issuers pursuant to one or more Issuer Orders, except as
provided in Section 306 hereof.

          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate
Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each
reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.
An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of
the Issuers.

          Subject to Section 611, the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially
the following form:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION.

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB,

as Trustee

Dated:                     

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	By  	
 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

          SECTION 203. Restrictive Legends.

          Each Restricted Global Note, Definitive Note and Regulation S Global Note shall bear the
following legend set forth below (the “Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof:

     THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND,
ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT
OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE
HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE
144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY
IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2)
AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUERS
OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN
OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR
(D) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES
THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY
TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED
STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT.

-22-

 

          Each Global Note shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof:

     UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED, BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY
TRUST COMPANY, TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR
PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER
ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR
SUCH OTHER REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED
BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS
MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO.,
HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

     TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART,
TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND
TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 311
OF THE INDENTURE.

          Each Exchange Share shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

     THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND,
ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT
OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE
HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE
144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY
IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2)
AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUERS
OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN
OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D)
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT,
OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3)
AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE
SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION
S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

     Each Regulation S Global Note and Exchange Share sold pursuant to Regulation S shall
bear a legend in substantially the following form:

     BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON,
NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON, AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN
OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

-23-

 

Each Note issued hereunder that has more than a de minimis about of original issue
discount for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes shall bear a legend in substantially
the following form:

     THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ.
OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE
DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH NOTES BY SUBMITTING A WRITTEN REQUEST
FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUERS AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: CLEARWIRE COMMUNICATIONS,
LLC, 4400 CARILLON POINT, KIRKLAND, WASHINGTON 98033 AND CLEARWIRE FINANCE, INC., 4400
CARILLON POINT, KIRKLAND, WASHINGTON 98033, ATTENTION: GENERAL COUNSEL.

ARTICLE THREE

THE NOTES

          SECTION 301. Title and Terms.

          The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and issued under this
Indenture is not limited; provided, however, that any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture
are issued in accordance with Section 303 hereof, as part of the same series as the Notes.

          The Notes shall be known and designated as the “8.25% Exchangeable Notes due 2040” of the
Issuers. The Stated Maturity of the Notes shall be December 1, 2040, and the Notes shall bear
interest at the rate of 8.25% per annum from December 8, 2010, or from the most recent Interest
Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, payable on June 1, 2011 and
semi-annually thereafter on June 1 and December 1 in each year and at said Stated Maturity, until
the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for and to the Person in whose name the Note (or any
predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on the May 15 and November 15 (whether or
not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date (each, a “Regular Record
Date”).

          The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the
office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Issuers,
payment of interest may be made by check mailed or wire transfer to the Holders of the Notes at
their respective addresses set forth in the Note Register of Holders; provided that all payments of
principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, with respect to Notes represented by one or more
Global Notes registered in the name of or held by Depositary or its nominee will be made by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof.
Until otherwise designated by the Issuers, the Issuers’ office or agency shall be the office of
the trustee maintained for such purpose.

          The Notes shall be redeemable and subject to repurchase as provided in Article Eleven and
exchangeable as provided in Article Thirteen.

          The due and punctual payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes
payable by the Issuers are irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth
herein, by each of the Guarantors.

          SECTION 302. Denominations.

          The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in minimum
denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

-24-

 

          SECTION 303. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

          The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company and Finance Co by any two Officers of
each of Company and Finance Co. The signature of any Officer on the Notes may be manual or
facsimile signatures of the present or any future such authorized officer and may be imprinted or
otherwise reproduced on the Notes.

          Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the
proper officers of the Company and Finance Co shall bind the Company and Finance Co,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the
authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes.

          At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the
Issuers may deliver Notes executed by the Issuers to the Trustee for authentication, together with
an Issuer Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee in accordance
with such Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes.

          On the Issue Date, the Issuers shall deliver the Notes in the aggregate principal amount of
$650,000,000 executed by the Issuers to the Trustee for authentication, together with an Issuer
Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, directing the Trustee to authenticate the
Notes and certifying that all conditions precedent to the issuance of Notes contained herein have
been fully complied with, and the Trustee in accordance with such Issuer Order shall authenticate
and deliver such Notes. At any time and from time to time after the Issue Date, the Issuers may
deliver additional Notes having identical terms and conditions to the Notes issued on the Issue
Date (the “Additional Notes”) executed by the Issuers to the Trustee for authentication, together
with an Issuer Order for the authentication and delivery of such Additional Notes, directing the
Trustee to authenticate the Additional Notes and certifying that the issuance of such Additional
Notes is in compliance with Article Ten hereof and that all other conditions precedent to the issuance of Notes contained herein have been fully complied
with, and the Trustee in accordance with such Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver such
Additional Notes. In each case, the Trustee shall receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel of the Issuers that it may reasonably require in connection with such authentication of
Notes. Such order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the
original issue of Notes is to be authenticated.

          Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

          No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for
any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the
form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized officer,
and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such
Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this
Indenture.

          In case an Issuer or any Guarantor, pursuant to Article Eight, shall be consolidated or merged
with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its
properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person
resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which such Issuer or such
Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer,
lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed a supplemental indenture in the form
of Exhibit D hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article Eight, any of the Notes
authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or
other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for
other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form
as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such
exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Issuer Request of the successor
Person, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such request for the purpose of such
exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor
Person pursuant to this Section in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of
any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall
provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time Outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered
in such new name.

-25-

 

          SECTION 304. Temporary Notes.

          Pending the preparation of definitive Notes, the Issuers may execute, and upon Issuer Order
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed,
typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of
the tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate
insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Notes may
determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

          If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuers will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without
unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be
exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of
the Issuers designated for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002, without charge to the Holder.
Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuers shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of
definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all
respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes.

          SECTION 305. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

          The Issuers shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register
(the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency designated pursuant to
Section 1002 being herein sometimes referred to as the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such
reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuers shall provide for the registration of Notes
and of transfers of Notes. The Note Register shall be in written form or any other form capable of
being converted into written form within a reasonable time. At all reasonable times, the Note
Register shall be open to inspection by the Trustee. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed as
note registrar (the “Note Registrar”) for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes
as herein provided.

          Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuers
designated pursuant to Section 1002, the Issuers shall execute, and upon Issuer Order the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or
more new Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal
amount.

          At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized
denomination and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged
at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuers shall
execute, and upon Issuer Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the
Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

          All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid
obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this
Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

          Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so
required by the Issuers) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by written instruments of transfer, in
form satisfactory to the Issuers, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly
authorized in writing.

          No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange or redemption or
repurchase of Notes, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any taxes,
fees or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of
transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Sections 303, 304, 906 or 1108 not
involving any transfer.

          SECTION 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes.

          If (i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or (ii) the Issuers and the Trustee
receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and there is
delivered to the Issuers and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to
save each of them harmless, then, in the absence

-26-

 

of notice to the Issuers or the Trustee that such
Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Issuers shall execute and upon Issuer Order
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of
any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a
number not contemporaneously outstanding.

          In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become
due and payable or has been called for redemption or has been properly tendered for repurchase on a
Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (and not withdrawn) or has been tendered for repurchase on a Put
Right Repurchase Date (and not withdrawn), as the case may be, or is to be exchanged pursuant to
this Indenture, shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Issuer may, instead of
issuing a substitute Note, the Issuers in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay
such Note.

          Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section, the Issuers may require the payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation
thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected
therewith.

          Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or
stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuers and each
Guarantor, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time
enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

          The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all
other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost
or stolen Notes.

          SECTION 307. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.

          Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any
Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more
Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such
interest at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section
1002; provided, however, that, subject to Section 301 hereof, each installment of interest may at
the Issuers’ option be paid by (i) mailing a check for such interest, payable to or upon the
written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 308, to the address of such Person
as it appears in the Note Register or (ii) transfer to an account located in the United States
maintained by the payee.

          Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on
any Interest Payment Date shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the Regular Record
Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful)
interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes plus one percent (such defaulted
interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) may be paid by the
Issuers, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

     (1) The Issuers may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in
whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of
business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be
fixed in the following manner. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the
amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed
payment, and at the same time the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money
equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or
shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of
the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the
Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the
Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which
shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed
payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the
proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers of such Special Record
Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuers, shall cause notice of the proposed
payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be given in the
manner provided for in Section 106, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date.
Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest

-27-

 

and the Special Record Date
therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose
names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of
business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the
following clause (2).

     (2) The Issuers may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner
not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be
listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by
the Issuers to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of
payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

          Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note delivered under this Indenture
upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the
rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

          SECTION 308. Persons Deemed Owners.

          Prior to the due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the Issuers, any
Guarantor, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose
name such Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of
principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) interest on such Note and
for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and none of the Issuers,
the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

          SECTION 309. Cancellation.

          All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, repurchase, registration of transfer or
exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee
and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Issuers may at any time deliver to the Trustee for
cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuers may have
acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for
delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the
Issuers have not issued and sold, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the
Trustee. If the Issuers shall so acquire any of the Notes, however, such acquisition shall not
operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and
until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. No Notes shall be authenticated in
lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly
permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of by the
Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures.

          SECTION 310. Computation of Interest.

          Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
months.

          SECTION 311. Book-Entry and Transfer Provisions.

          (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred
except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary
to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee
to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be
exchanged by the Issuers for Definitive Notes if:

     (1) the Depositary (a) notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue
as depositary for the Global Notes or (b) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered
under the Exchange Act and, in either case, the Issuers fails to appoint a successor
depositary;

     (2) the Issuers, at their option, notify the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause
the issuance of the Definitive Notes; or

-28-

 

     (3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to
the Notes and the beneficial owner thereof has requested such exchange.

          Upon the occurrence of either of the events described in Section 311(a)(1) or (2), Definitive
Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes
also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 304 and 306 hereof.
Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any
portion thereof, pursuant to Sections 304 or 306 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in
the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note
other than as provided in this Section 311(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may
be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 311(b) or (c) hereof.

          (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer
and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary,
in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial
interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2)
below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

     (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in
any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the
transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that
prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the
Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or
benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). No written orders or
instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Note Registrar to effect the transfers
described in this Section 311(b)(1).

     (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In
connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to
Section 311(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Note
Registrar either:

     (A) both:

     (x) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given
to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the
Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in
another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be
transferred or exchanged; and

     (y) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with
such increase; or

(B) both:

     (x) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given
to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the
Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the
beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

     (y) instructions given by the Depositary to the Note Registrar
containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive
Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in
(A) above.

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial
interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable
under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant
Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 311(g) hereof.

-29-

 

     (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial
interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the
transfer complies with the requirements of Section 311(b)(2) above and:

     (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest
in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver to the Note Registrar a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(1) thereof; and

     (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest
in) the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver to the
Note Registrar a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof.

          (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted
Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes
to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such
beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive
Note, then, upon receipt by the Note Registrar of the following documentation:

     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to
exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such
holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

     (2) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule
144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (1) thereof;

     (3) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an
offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect
set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

     (4) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a)
thereof;

     (5) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuers or any of their
Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

     (6) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be
reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 311(g) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and
upon Issuer Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the
instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note
issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this
Section 311(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination
or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Note Registrar
through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The
Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so
registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 311(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement
Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

-30-

 

          (d) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes.

          If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person
who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then,
upon receipt by the Note Registrar of the following documentation:

     (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for
a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the
form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

     (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with
Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (1) thereof;

     (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an
offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect
set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

     (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (3)(a) thereof;

     (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuers or any of
their Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

     (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, the Trustee will
cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate
principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global
Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C)
above, the Regulation S Global Note.

          (e) Transfer and Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes for Restricted Definitive
Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the
provisions of this Section 311(e), the Note Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of
Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must
present or surrender to the Note Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a
written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Note Registrar duly executed by such
Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must
provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant
to the following provisions of this Section 311(e). Any Restricted Definitive Note may be
transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a
Restricted Definitive Note if the Note Registrar receives the following:

     (1) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(1) thereof;

     (2) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor
must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (2) thereof; and

     (3) if the transfer will be made to the Issuers or any Subsidiary thereof or pursuant
to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required
by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

-31-

 

          (f) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial
interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular
Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global
Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 309
hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is
exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented
by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note
by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and
if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be
increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

          (g) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

          (1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers will execute and the
Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Issuer Order in
accordance with Section 202 hereof or at the Note Registrar’s request.

          (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to
a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge
payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge
payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 304, 903 and 1107 hereof.

          (3) The Note Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any
Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being
redeemed in part.

          (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange
of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the
same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or
Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

          (5) Neither the Note Registrar nor the Issuers will be required:

     (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period
beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of mailing of a notice of
redemption of Notes under Section 1104 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day
of such mailing;

     (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in
whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or

     (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the
next succeeding interest payment date.

          (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any
Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the
absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on
such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be
affected by notice to the contrary.

          (7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the
provisions of Section 202 hereof.

-32-

 

          (8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to
the Note Registrar pursuant to this Section 311 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange
may be submitted by facsimile.

          (9) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to
compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law
with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among
Depositary Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require
delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and
to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to
determine compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

          (10) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or
not taken by the Depositary.

          SECTION 312. CUSIP Numbers.

          The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use) in
addition to serial numbers, and, if so, the Trustee shall use such “CUSIP” numbers in addition to
serial numbers in notices of redemption, repurchase or other notices to Holders as a convenience to
Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the
correctness of such CUSIP numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a
redemption or repurchase and that reliance may be placed only on the serial or other identification
numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or repurchase shall not be affected by any
defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of
any change in the CUSIP numbers.

          SECTION 313. Additional Notes.

          Without limiting the rights of the Issuers to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 303,
the Issuers may, for a period of 30 days after the date of the Offering Memorandum, issue
Additional Notes upon exercise by the Initial Purchasers of their option to purchase Additional
Notes from the Issuers in an amount not to exceed $100.0 million. In addition, the Issuers may
issue Additional Notes upon the exercise of pre-emptive rights of existing equityholders who have
not waived their preemptive rights prior to the date of this Indenture, as described in the
Offering Memorandum. The Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes subsequently
issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.

ARTICLE FOUR

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

          SECTION 401. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

          This Indenture shall upon Issuer Request cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving
rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes expressly provided for herein or pursuant
hereto and except as provided in the last two paragraphs of this Section 401) and the Trustee, at
the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture when:

          (1) either

     (a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes
which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as
provided in Section 306 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been
deposited in trust with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or segregated and held in
trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such
trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation; or

-33-

 

     (b) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

     (i) have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of
redemption pursuant to Section 1105 or otherwise, or

     (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one
year, or

     (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of
redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers,

and the Issuers or any Guarantor, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has
irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in
trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable
Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and
discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the
date of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become due and payable) or to
the Stated Maturity Date or Redemption Date (or in the case of Notes delivered to
the Issuers for repurchase, to the applicable Put Right Repurchase or Fundamental
Change Repurchase Date, as applicable);

     (2) no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to
be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with
respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of
such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in
a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which an
Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which an Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

     (3) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this
Indenture;

     (4) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this
Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at the Stated
Maturity Date or Redemption Date (or in the case of Notes delivered to the Issuers for
repurchase, to the applicable Put Right Repurchase or Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, as
applicable); and

     (5) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein to the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

          Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the
Issuers to the Trustee under Section 607, the obligations of the Issuers to any Authenticating
Agent under Section 612 and, if money or Government Securities shall have been deposited with the
Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee
under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive such satisfaction and
discharge.

          SECTION 402. Application of Trust Money.

          Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money or Government
Securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust and applied by
it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either
directly or through any Paying Agent (including any Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee
may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest
for whose payment such money or Government Securities has been deposited

-34-

 

with the Trustee; but such
money or Government Securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent
required by law.

          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in
accordance with Section 401 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment
of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such
application, the Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall
be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 401 until such time
as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Securities in
accordance with Section 401; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the
Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from
the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE FIVE

REMEDIES

          SECTION 501. Events of Default.

          “Event of Default”, wherever used herein, means one of the following events (whatever the
reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by
operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or
regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

     (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, repurchase, acceleration
or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes issued under this Indenture
(whether or not prohibited by Article Fourteen or Fifteen hereof);

     (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect
to the Notes issued under this Indenture (whether or not prohibited by Article Fourteen or
Fifteen hereof);

     (3) failure by the Issuers to comply with their obligation to exchange or repurchase
the Notes in accordance with the Indenture upon exercise of a Holder’s exchange or
repurchase right;

     (4) failure by the Issuers to issue a Fundamental Change Issuer Notice in accordance
with Section 1111(c) when due;

     (5) failure by the any Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with its obligations under
Article Eight for 30 days or more;

     (6) failure by any Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice
given by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding and issued under this Indenture to comply with any of its other agreements in
this Indenture or the Notes (other than those specified in Section 501(1), (2), (3), (4) or
(5) above);

     (7) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or
by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuers or
any Guarantor or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuers or any Guarantor, other
than Indebtedness owed to the Issuers or any of their respective Subsidiaries, whether such
Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

     (A) such default either (x) results from the failure to pay any such
Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable
grace periods); or (y) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay
principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final

-35-

 

maturity and results in the
holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior
to its stated maturity; and

     (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal
amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at
stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the
maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $75.0 million or more at any
one time outstanding;

     (8) failure by the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of $75.0 million (other than any judgments covered by indemnities
provided by Permitted Holders or insurance policies issued by reputable and creditworthy
companies, so long as such Permitted Holders have not disputed in writing responsibility
therefor or insurance providers have not disclaimed in writing coverage), which final
judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after
such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an
enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which
is not promptly stayed;

     (9) any of the following events with respect to the Issuers or any Guarantor that is a
Significant Subsidiary:

     (A) the Issuers or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to
or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law

     (i) commences a voluntary case;

     (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an
involuntary case;

     (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any
substantial part of its property; or

     (iv) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to
insolvency; or

     (B)
a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any
Bankruptcy Law that:

     (i) is for relief against the Issuers or any Guarantor that is a
Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

     (ii) appoints a Custodian of the Issuers or any Guarantor that is a
Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or

     (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuers or any
Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary;

          and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

     (10) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries that taken
together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuers and
their Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and
effect (except as contemplated by the terms of this Indenture and the Guarantees) or is
declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor that is a Significant
Subsidiary or group of Guarantors that taken together as of the latest audited consolidated
financial statements of the Issuers and their respective Subsidiaries would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary

-36-

 

denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture, its
Guarantee and the Issuers fail to cause such Guarantor or Guarantors, as the case may be, to
rescind such denials or disaffirmations within 30 days; or

provided, however, that a default under Section 501(5), (6) or (10) will not constitute an Event of
Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify
the Company of the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified in
Section 501(5), (6) or (10) after receipt of such notice.

          SECTION 502. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

          If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 501(9) above)
occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture may declare the principal,
premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the Outstanding Notes to be due
and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Issuers (and to the Trustee if given by
Holders); provided, however, that so long as any Designated First Lien Indebtedness is outstanding,
no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of:

          (1) acceleration of any such Designated First Lien Indebtedness; or

          (2) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Issuers
and the administrative agent or trustee under such Designated First Lien Indebtedness.

          Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and
payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section
501(9) above occurs and is continuing, then the principal amount of all Outstanding Notes shall
ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any notice, declaration or other act
on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

          At any time after a declaration of acceleration has been made and before a judgment or decree
for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this
Article, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by
written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its
consequences if:

          (a) the Issuers have paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

     (A) all overdue interest on all Outstanding Notes,

     (B) all unpaid principal of (and premium on) any Outstanding Notes which has
become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, and interest on such
unpaid principal at the rate borne by the Notes plus one percent,

     (C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue
interest at the rate borne by the Notes plus one percent, and

     (D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel; and

     (b) Events of Default, other than the non-payment of amounts of principal of (or
premium, if any, on) or interest on Notes which have become due solely by such declaration
of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513, no such rescission
shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

          Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, in the event of any Event of Default specified in
Section 501(7) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting
payment default) shall be

-37-

 

annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by
the Trustee or the Holders, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose,

     (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been
discharged, or

     (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as
the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default, or

     (z) if the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

          SECTION
503. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
Trustee.

          The Issuers covenant that if:

     (a) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Note when such
interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

     (b) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium on) any Note at the
Maturity thereof,

the Issuers will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of
such Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any)
and interest, and interest on any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and, to the extent that
payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon any overdue installment of interest, at
the rate borne by the Notes plus one percent, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as
shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

          If the Issuers fail to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own
name as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the
sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce
the same against the Issuers, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the
moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the
Issuers, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.

          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to
protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders under this Indenture and the
Guarantees by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem necessary to protect
and enforce any such rights, including seeking recourse against any Guarantor, whether for the
specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of
any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy, including but without limitation,
seeking recourse against any Guarantor.

          SECTION 504. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

          In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the
Issuers or any other obligor including any Guarantor, upon the Notes or the property of the Issuers
or of such other obligor or their creditors and the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal
of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and
irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Issuers for the payment of
overdue principal, premium, if any, or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention
in such proceeding or otherwise,

          (i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and premium, if any)
and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or
documents as may be

-38-

 

necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee
(including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial
proceeding, and

     (ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any
such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official in any
such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee
and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the
Holders, to pay the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Trustee under Section 607.

          Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to
or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to
vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

          SECTION 505. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes.

          All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and
enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any
proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in
its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after
provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders in respect of which
such judgment has been recovered.

          SECTION 506. Application of Money Collected.

          Any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in
the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of
such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes
and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully
paid:

     FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 607;

     SECOND: To holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers and,
if such money or property has been collected from a Guarantor, to holders of Designated
First Lien Indebtedness of such Guarantor, in each case to the extent required by Article
Fourteen and/or Article Fifteen hereof, as applicable;

     THIRD: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of (and
premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in respect of which or for the benefit of which
such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any)
and interest, respectively; and

     FOURTH: The balance, if any, to the Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes,
as their interests may appear or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct in writing;
provided that all sums due and owing to the Holders and the Trustee have been paid in full
as required by this Indenture.

-39-

 

          SECTION 507. Limitation on Suits.

          No Holder of any Notes shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or
otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for
any other remedy hereunder, unless:

     (1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing
Event of Default;

     (2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall
have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event
of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

     (3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably
satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance
with such request;

     (4) the Trustee for 30 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of
indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

     (5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee
during such 30-day period by the Holders of a majority or more in principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes;

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders shall have any right in any manner
whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture or the Guarantees to
affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain
priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture or the
Guarantees, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the
Holders (it being further understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to
ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

          SECTION 508. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and
Interest.

          Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the
right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment, as provided herein (including, if
applicable, Article Eleven) and in such Note of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject
to Section 307) interest on such Note on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Note
(or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement
of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

          SECTION 509. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

          If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy
under this Indenture or the Guarantees and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for
any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every
such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuers, any Guarantor, any other
obligor of the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to
their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the
Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

          SECTION 510. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

          Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in the last paragraph of Section 306, no right or remedy herein
conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any
other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be
cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy

-40-

 

hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other
appropriate right or remedy.

          SECTION 511. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

          No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or
remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a
waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by
this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as
often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

          SECTION 512. Control by Holders.

          The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall
have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that:

     (1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this
Indenture,

     (2) subject to Section 315 of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee may take any other
action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and

     (3) the Trustee need not take any action which might involve it in personal liability
or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not consenting.

     (4) prior to taking any such action, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification
satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking
or not taking such action.

          SECTION 513. Waiver of Past Defaults.

          Subject to Sections 508 and 902 and the last paragraph of Section 502, the Holders of not less
than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all
such Notes waive any past Default hereunder and its consequences, except a continuing Default or
Event of Default (1) in respect of the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of
any such Note held by a non-consenting Holder, or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof
which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each
Outstanding Note affected.

          Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising
therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such
waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right
consequent thereon.

          SECTION 514. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

          Each of the Issuers, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes covenants (to the
extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any
manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever
enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance
of this Indenture; and each of the Issuers, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes (to
the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such
law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein
granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no
such law had been enacted.

-41-

 

ARTICLE SIX

THE TRUSTEE

          SECTION 601. Duties of the Trustee.

     (a) Except during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default,

     (1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are
specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be
read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

     (2) in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, the Trustee may
conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions
expressed therein, upon certificates
or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions specifically required by any
provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same
to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but not to
verify the contents thereof.

          (b) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of which a Responsible Officer
of the Trustee has actual knowledge or of which written notice of such Default or Event of Default
shall have been given to the Trustee by the Issuers, any other obligor of the Notes or by any
Holder, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture,
and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or
use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

          (c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability
for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct,
except that

     (1) this paragraph (c) shall not be construed to limit the effect of paragraph (a) of
this Section;

     (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in
ascertaining the pertinent facts;

     (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be
taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place
of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any
trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture; and

     (4) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own
funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties
hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable
grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk
or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

          (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating
to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of this Section.

          SECTION 602. Notice of Defaults.

          Within 90 (ninety) days after the earlier of receipt from the Issuers of notice of the
occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder or the date when such Default or Event of
Default becomes known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall transmit, in the manner and to the extent
provided in TIA Section 313(c), notice of such

-42-

 

Default or Event of Default hereunder known to the
Trustee, unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived; provided,
however, that, except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal
of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding
such notice if and so long as a trust committee of Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good
faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders.

          SECTION 603. Certain Rights of Trustee.

          Subject to the provisions of TIA Sections 315(a) through 315(d):

     (1) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or
refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion,
report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of
indebtedness or other paper or document (whether in original or facsimile form) believed by
it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

     (2) any request or direction of the Issuers mentioned herein shall be sufficiently
evidenced by an Issuer Request or Issuer Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors
may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

     (3) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it
desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any
action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may,
in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;

     (4) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice of such
counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in
respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon;

     (5) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers
vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to
this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or
indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses, losses and liabilities which might
be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

     (6) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters
stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice,
request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or
other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry
or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall
determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the
books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the
expense of the Issuers and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or
investigation;

     (7) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties
hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be
responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed
with due care by it hereunder;

     (8) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in
good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers
conferred upon it by this Indenture;

     (9) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee,
including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be
enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian
and other Person employed to act hereunder;

-43-

 

     (10) the Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver an Officers’ Certificate
substantially in the Form of Exhibit E hereto setting forth the names of individuals and/or
titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this
Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an
Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such
certificate previously delivered and not superseded;

     (11) in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect,
punitive, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited
to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood
of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action;

     (12) the Trustee shall not be liable for the actions or omissions of the Company,
Finance Co, the Guarantors, or any other Person and without limiting the foregoing, the
Trustee shall not be under any obligation to monitor, evaluate or verify compliance by the
Company, Finance Co or the Guarantors with the terms hereof or the Note Documents;

     (13) any permissive right of the Trustee to take or refrain from taking actions
enumerated in this Indenture or the Note Documents shall not be construed as a duty; and

     (14) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any matter unless a
Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by
the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office and such notice references the Notes generally,
the Company or this Indenture. Whenever reference is made in this Indenture to a Default or
an Event of Default such reference shall, insofar as determining any liability on the part
of the Trustee is concerned, be construed to refer only to a Default or an Event of Default
of which the Trustee is deemed to have knowledge in accordance with this paragraph.

          The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any
financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of
its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds
or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

          SECTION 604. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes.

          The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except for the Trustee’s certificates of
authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuers, and the Trustee assumes no
responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or
sufficiency of this Indenture, the Note Documents or of the Notes, except that the Trustee
represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes
and perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by it in a “Statement of
Eligibility” on Form T-1 supplied to the Issuers are true and accurate, subject to the
qualifications set forth therein. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application
by the Issuers of Notes or the proceeds thereof.

          SECTION 605. May Hold Notes.

          The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar or any other agent of the Issuers or of the
Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and,
subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311, may otherwise deal with the Issuers with the same rights it
would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent; provided,
however, that, if it acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90
days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue or resign.

          SECTION 606. Money Held in Trust.

          Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to
the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money
received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Issuers.

-44-

 

          SECTION 607. Compensation and Reimbursement.

          The Issuers agree:

     (1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed in
writing between the Issuers and the Trustee for all services rendered by it hereunder (which
compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a
trustee of an express trust);

     (2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its
request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the
Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture or other Note Document (including
the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel),
except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be determined to have been caused
by its own negligence or willful misconduct; and

     (3) to indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee (and each of their officers,
directors, employees, counsel and agents) for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all
loss, liability, claim,
damage or expense, including taxes (other than the taxes based on the income of the
Trustee) incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in
connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its
duties under this Indenture and the Note Documents including the costs and expenses of
defending itself against any claim regardless of whether the claim is asserted by the
Issuers, a Guarantor, a Holder or any other Person or liability in connection with the
exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

          The obligations of the Issuers under this Section to compensate the Trustee, to pay or
reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances and to indemnify and hold harmless
the Trustee shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture and resignation or removal of the Trustee. As security for the
performance of such obligations of the Issuers, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes
upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust
for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on particular Notes.

          When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default
specified in Section 501(8), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its
counsel) of and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.

          The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture.

          SECTION 608. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.

          There shall be at all times a Trustee hereunder which shall be eligible to act as Trustee
under TIA Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least
$50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law
or to the requirements of Federal, State, territorial or District of Columbia supervising or
examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of
such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most
recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with
the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

          SECTION 609. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

          (a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee
pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the
successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 610.

-45-

 

          (b) The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuers. Upon
receiving such notice of resignation, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by
written instrument executed by authority of the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be
delivered to the resigning Trustee and a copy to the successor trustee. If the instrument of
acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been delivered to the
Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may
petition, at the expense of the Issuers, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of
a successor Trustee.

          (c) The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of not less than a majority
in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuers. If the
instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been
delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the
resigning Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Issuers, any court of competent jurisdiction
for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          (d) If at any time:

     (1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b) after
written request therefor by the Issuers or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of
a Note for at least six months, or

     (2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 608 and shall fail to resign
after written request therefor by the Issuers or by any Holder who has been a bona fide
Holder of a Note for at least six months, or

     (3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or
insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public
officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the
purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then, in any such case, (i) the
Issuers, by a Board Resolution, may remove the Trustee, or (ii) subject to TIA Section
315(e), any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on
behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          (e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy
shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Issuers, by a Board Resolution, shall
promptly appoint a successor Trustee. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or
incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of
the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Issuers and
the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of
such appointment, become the successor Trustee and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the
Issuers. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Issuers or the Holders and
accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder
of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated,
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          (f) The Issuers shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each
appointment of a successor Trustee to the Holders in the manner provided for in Section 106. Each
notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust
Office.

          SECTION 610. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

          (a) Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the
Issuers and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee,
without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers,
trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Issuers or the successor Trustee,
such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument
transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee
and shall

-46-

 

duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held
by such retiring Trustee hereunder. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuers shall
execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such
successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts.

          (b) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuers shall execute any and all
instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all
rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section.

          (c) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance
such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

          SECTION 611. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

          Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be
consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which
the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the
corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided
such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the
execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In
case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any
successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such
authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor
Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. In case at that time any of the Notes shall not have
been authenticated, any successor Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any
predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee. In all such cases such certificates
shall have the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of
authentication of the Trustee shall have; provided, however, that the right to adopt the
certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name of
any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or
consolidation.

          SECTION 612. Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

          At any time when any of the Notes remain Outstanding, the Trustee may appoint an
Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to the Notes which shall be authorized to act on behalf
of the Trustee to authenticate Notes and the Trustee shall give written notice of such appointment
to all Holders of Notes with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, in the manner
provided for in Section 106. Notes so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this
Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee
hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee, and a copy of such instrument shall be promptly furnished to
the Issuers. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of
Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed
to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a
certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each
Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Issuers and shall at all times be a corporation
organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or
the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a
combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination
by Federal or state authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least
annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then
for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be
deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition
so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with
the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect
specified in this Section.

          Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it
may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to
which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or
substantially all the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent,
shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such

-47-

 

corporation shall be otherwise eligible
under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

          An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee
and to the Issuers. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by
giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Issuers. Upon receiving such
a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating
Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may
appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Issuers and shall give
written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Notes, in the manner provided for in Section
106. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become
vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if
originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed
unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

          The Issuers agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time such compensation for
its services under this Section as shall be agreed in writing between the Issuers and such
Authenticating Agent.

          If an appointment is made pursuant to this Section, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in
addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication
in the following form:

          This is one of the Notes designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

-48-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	as Authenticating Agent 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	as Authorized Officer 	 

ARTICLE SEVEN

HOLDERS LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND ISSUERS

          SECTION 701. Issuers to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses.

          The Issuers will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee

     (a) semiannually, not more than five days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in
such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders
as of such Regular Record Date; and

     (b) at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, within 30
days after receipt by the Issuers of any such request, a list of similar form and content to
that in paragraph (a) hereof as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list
is furnished; provided, however, that if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Note
Registrar, no such list need be furnished.

          SECTION 702. Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders.

          Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Issuers and the
Trustee that none of the Issuers or the Trustee or any agent of either of them shall be held
accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of
the Holders in accordance with TIA Section 312, regardless of the source from which such
information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing
any material pursuant to a request made under TIA Section 312(b).

          SECTION 703. Reports by Trustee.

          Within 60 days after May 15 of each year commencing with the first May 15 after the first
issuance of Notes pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall transmit to the Holders of Notes
(with a copy to the Issuers at the Place of Payment), in the manner and to the extent provided in
TIA Section 313(c), a brief report dated as of such May 15 if required by TIA Section 313(a).

ARTICLE EIGHT

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS

          SECTION 801. Issuers May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

          Neither Issuer may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such
Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose
of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions unless:

-49-

 

     (1) such Issuer is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is an entity organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any
territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor
Company”);

     (2) the Successor Company, if other than such Issuer, expressly assumes all the
obligations of such Issuer under this Indenture, the Notes pursuant to supplemental
indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

     (3) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;

     (4) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above,
in which case Section 802(2) below shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture
confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture
and the Notes;

     (5) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such
supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture and, if a supplemental indenture
is required in connection with such transaction, such supplement shall comply with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture;

          The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for such Issuer under this
Indenture and the Notes and such Issuer (if not the Successor Company) will be fully released from
its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

     (a) any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may consolidate with, merge into or transfer
all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or any Guarantor;

     (b) any Guarantor may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its
properties and assets to the Company or a Guarantor; and

     (c) the Company may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of
reincorporating the Guarantor or the Company in another State of the United States.

          SECTION 802. Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

          Subject to Section 1208 and the last paragraph of this Section 802, each Guarantor shall not,
and the Issuers will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into
(whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease,
convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more
related transactions to, any Person unless:

     (1) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving
any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is an
entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the
District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case
may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

     (2) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the
obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee pursuant
to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory
to the Trustee;

     (3) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and

-50-

 

     (4) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such
supplemental indentures, amendments, comply with this Indenture, if a supplemental indenture
is required in connection with such transaction, such supplement shall comply with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part
of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Company and (ii) any Subsidiary
that is not a Guarantor may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its
properties and assets to the Company or any Guarantor.

          SECTION 803. Successor Substituted.

          Subject to Section 1208, upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment,
conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuers
or any Guarantor in accordance with Sections 801 and 802 hereof, the successor Person formed by
such consolidation or into which the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, is merged or
the successor Person to which such sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is
made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the
Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture and/or the Guarantees, as the
case may be, with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuers or such
Guarantor, as the case may be, herein and/or the Guarantees, as the case may be. When a successor
Person assumes all obligations of its predecessor hereunder, the Notes or the Guarantees, as the
case may be, such predecessor shall be released from all obligations; provided that in the event of
a transfer or lease, the predecessor shall not be released from the payment of principal and
interest or other obligations on the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be.

ARTICLE NINE

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

          SECTION 901. Amendments or Supplements Without Consent of Holders.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuers, any Guarantor
(with respect to a Guarantee or this Indenture to which it is a party); when authorized by Board
Resolutions of their respective Board of Directors, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to
time, may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee, the Notes in form satisfactory to the
Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

     (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

     (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes;

     (3) to comply with Article Eight hereof;

     (4) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company or to any Guarantor and
to provide the assumption of the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders;

     (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the
Holders or that does not adversely affect the rights under this Indenture of any such
Holder;

     (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power
conferred upon the Issuers;

     (7) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of
a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements of Sections 609 and 610;

     (8) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture; or

-51-

 

     (9) to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to the “Description
of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the
“Description of notes” section was intended (as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate from
the Issuers) to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or
the Notes.

     The consent of the holders of the notes is not necessary under the indenture to approve the
particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance
of the proposed amendment.

          SECTION 902. Amendments, Supplements or Waivers with Consent of Holders.

          With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Issuers and the Trustee, the Issuers,
any Guarantor (with respect to any Guarantee or this Indenture to which it is a party), when
authorized by Board Resolutions of their respective Board of Directors, and the Trustee may amend
or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee or the Notes for the purpose of adding any provisions
hereto or thereto, changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions or of modifying in
any manner the rights of the Holders hereunder or thereunder and any existing Default, Event of
Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the
consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes,
other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuers or their Affiliates (including, without
limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer
for Notes); provided, however, that no such amendment, supplement or waiver shall, without the
consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby:

     (1) make any change that adversely affects the exchange or repurchase rights of any
Notes;

     (2) reduce the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price of any Note as calculated in
accordance with Section 1111 or amend or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the
Issuers’ obligation to make such payment, whether through an amendment or waiver of
provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise;

     (3) make any change that would reduce the Additional Shares deliverable upon a
Fundamental Change as provided in Section 1305 hereto;

     (4) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver;

     (5) reduce the principal of or change the Maturity of any such Note or alter or waive
the provisions with respect to the redemption or repurchase of the Notes (other than Section
1111);

     (6) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

     (7) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if
any, or interest on the Notes issued under this Indenture, except a rescission of
acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such
acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any
guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

     (8) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

     (9) make any change in Section 513 or the rights of Holders to receive payments of
principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

     (10) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

-52-

 

     (11) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or
interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for
the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; or

     (12) make any change to or modify the ranking or subordination provisions of the Notes
that would adversely affect the Holders.

          SECTION 903. Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers.

          In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any amendment, supplement or
waiver permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this
Indenture, the Trustee shall be provided with, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an
Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment,
supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that all conditions precedent
thereto have been satisfied, and, to the extent applicable, that there is no material adverse
effect on the Holders. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such
amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under
this Indenture or otherwise.

          SECTION 904. Effect of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers.

          Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be
modified in accordance therewith, and such amendment, supplement or waiver shall form a part of
this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated
and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

          SECTION 905. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.

          Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to the Article shall conform to the
requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

          SECTION 906. Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures.

          Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant
to this Article may, bear a notation in form satisfactory to the Trustee as to any matter provided
for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuers shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to
conform, in the opinion of the Issuers, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and
executed by the Issuers and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding
Notes.

          SECTION 907. Notice of Supplemental Indentures.

          Promptly after the execution by the Issuers, any Guarantor and the Trustee of any supplemental
indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section 902, the Issuers shall give notice thereof to the
Holders of each Outstanding Note, in the manner provided for in Section 106, setting forth in
general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture.

ARTICLE TEN

COVENANTS

          SECTION 1001. Payment of Principal, Premium, if Any, and Interest.

          The Issuers covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders that they will duly and
punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with
the terms of the Notes and this Indenture.

-53-

 

          SECTION 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

          The Issuers will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for
payment, redemption or repurchase (the “Paying Agent”) or for exchange (the “Exchange Agent”),
where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and
demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The
designated office of the Trustee shall be such office or agency of the Issuers, unless the Issuers
shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The
Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such
office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or
agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee,
and the Issuers hereby appoint the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands.

          The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where
the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time
rescind any such designation; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in
any manner relieve the Issuers of their obligation to maintain an office or agency for such
purposes. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or
rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

          SECTION 1003. Money for Notes Payments to Be Held in Trust.

          If any Issuer shall at any time act as Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of
the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust
for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal of (or
premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or
otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or
failure so to act.

          Whenever the Issuers shall have one or more Paying Agents for the Notes, it will, on or before
each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes, deposit with a
Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming
due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal,
premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuers will promptly notify
the Trustee of such action or any failure so to act.

          The Issuers will cause each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to execute and deliver to
the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the
provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

     (1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any)
or interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such
sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

     (2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Issuers (or any other obligor upon
the Notes) in the making of any payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest; and

     (3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of
the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

          The Issuers may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to
the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuers or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the
Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Issuers or such Paying
Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be
released from all further liability with respect to such sums.

-54-

 

          Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in
trust for the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note and
remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and
payable shall be paid to the Issuers on Issuer Request, or (if then held by the Issuers) shall be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general
creditor, look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such
Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as Trustee thereof,
shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being
required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense of the Issuers cause to be published
once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day
and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such
money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30
days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be
repaid to the Issuers.

          SECTION 1004. Corporate Existence.

          Subject to Article Eight, the Issuers will do or cause to be done all things necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate existence and that of each Guarantor and
the corporate rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the Issuers and each Guarantor;
provided, however, that the Issuers shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise
if management of the Issuers shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable
in the conduct of the business of the Issuers and their respective Subsidiaries as a whole.

          SECTION 1005. Statement by Officers as to Default.

          (a) The Issuers will deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year,
an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuers and the Guarantors
during the preceding fiscal year, has been made under the supervision of the signing officers with
a view to determining whether it has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled, and has caused each
of the Guarantors to keep, observe, perform and fulfill its obligations under this Indenture and
further stating, as to each such officer signing such certificate, that, to the best of his or her
knowledge, the Issuers during such preceding fiscal year, has kept, observed, performed and
fulfilled, and has caused each of the Guarantors to keep, observe, perform and fulfill each and
every such covenant contained in this Indenture and no Default or Event of Default occurred during
such fiscal year, and at the date of such certificate there is no Default or Event of Default which
has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers do know of such Default or Event of Default, the
certificate shall describe its status, with particularity and that, to the best of his or her
knowledge, no event has occurred and remains by reason of which payments on the account of the
principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a
description of the event and what action each is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
The Officers’ Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Company elect to change the
manner in which it fixes its fiscal year-end. For purposes of this Section 1005(a), such
compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under
this Indenture.

          (b) When any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture,
the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or facsimile transmission
an Officers’ Certificate specifying such event, notice or other action within 10 Business Days of
its occurrence.

          SECTION 1006. Reports and Other Information.

          (a) So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall be required to provide to the
Trustee and Holders, without cost to the Trustee or any Holder:

     (1) within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and
regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a
non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports containing the
information required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Form 10-K, or any
successor or comparable form, or required in such successor or comparable form;

-55-

 

     (2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each
fiscal year, quarterly reports containing the information required to be contained in a
filing with the Commission on Form 10-Q or any successor or comparable form or required in
such successor or comparable form; and

     (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event that would require
information about such event to be provided to the Commission on Form 8-K, or any successor
or comparable form, a current report with such information; provided that unless otherwise
required to be provided to Holders, current reports shall only be required with respect to
the following Form 8-K Items (or its successor item): Item 1.01 (Entry into a Material
Definitive Agreement), Item 1.02 (Termination of a Material Definitive Agreement), Item 1.03
(Bankruptcy or Receivership), Item 2.01 (Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of
Assets), Item 2.03 (Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant), Item 2.04 (Triggering Events that Accelerate
or Increase a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangement), Item 2.05 (Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities), Item 4.01
(Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant), Item 4.02 (Non-Reliance on Previously
Issued Financial Statements or a Related Audit Report or Completed Interim Review), Item
5.01 (Changes in Control of Registrant), Items 5.02 (a), (b) and (c) (Departure of Directors
or Principal Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Principal Officers;
Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers) and Item 9.01 (Financial Statements and
Exhibits, but only with respect to financial statements and pro forma financial information
relating to transactions required to be reported pursuant to Item 2.01); provided, however,
that unless otherwise required to be provided to Holders, no such current report shall be
required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment that such
event is not material to Holders of Notes or the business, assets, operations, financial
positions or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

provided, however, that unless otherwise required to be provided to Holders:

     (A) such reports required pursuant to Section 1006(a)(1) shall not be required to
include the information contemplated by Item 1B, Item 4, Item 5, Item 9A, Item 9A(T), Item
10 (but only with respect to information required by Items 405, 406 and 407 of Regulation
S-K; provided, however, that such reports shall be required to present the information
contemplated by Item 10 with exclusions consistent with the information in (or excluded
from) this offering memorandum), Item 11, Item 13 (both only with respect to the information
required by Item 407 of Regulation S-K; provided, however, that such reports shall be
required to present the information contemplated by Items 11 and 13 with exclusions
consistent with the information in (or excluded from) the offering memorandum) and Item 14
of Form 10-K, as in effect on the Issue Date;

     (B) such reports required pursuant to Section 1006(a)(2) shall not be required to
include the information contemplated by Item 4 and Item 4T of Part I thereof and Item 2 and
Item 4 of Part II of Form 10-Q, as in effect on the Issue Date; and

     (C) such reports required pursuant to Section 1006(a)(1), (2) and (3) (i) shall not be
required to comply with Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or
related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the Commission, or Item 10(e) of
Regulation S-K (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein), in each
case, as in effect on the Issue Date or any successor provision thereto, and (ii) shall not
be required to comply with Items 402, 405, 406, 407 and 601 of Regulation S-K promulgated by
the Commission, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date or any successor provision
thereto;

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in
such form. The Company shall make the information referred to above in this clause (a) available
by posting such information on a publicly accessible page on the Company’s website (or that of any
of its parent companies). To the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Company shall agree
that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it shall furnish to Holders and to securities
analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered
pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

-56-

 

          (b) The Issuers may satisfy their obligations in this Section 1006 with respect to information
relating to the Issuers by furnishing information relating to the Parent; provided that, with
respect to any audited or unaudited financial statements, the same is accompanied by consolidating
information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the financial information
relating to the Parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuers and the
Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.

          (c) If Parent or the Company has electronically filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission’s Next-Generation EDGAR system (or any successor system), the reports described in
clause (a) above (including any consolidating information required by clause (b), unless otherwise
provided to the Trustee and the Holders), the Issuers shall be deemed to have satisfied the
foregoing requirements.

          (d) The Issuers shall also hold quarterly conference calls for the Holders of the Notes to
discuss financial information for the previous quarter. The conference call shall be following the
last day of each fiscal quarter of the Issuers and not later than ten business days from the time
that the Issuers distribute the financial information as set forth in Section 1006(a)(1) and (2),
as applicable above. No fewer than two days prior to the conference call, the Issuers shall issue
a press release announcing the time and date of such conference call and providing instructions for
Holders, securities analysts and prospective investors to obtain access to such call. For the
avoidance of doubt, the Issuers may satisfy the requirements of this paragraph by (i) combining the
conference calls required above with the earnings conference calls of the Parent that are held on a
quarterly basis with equity holders or (ii) holding the conference calls required above within the
time period required as part of any earnings calls of the Issuers in accordance with past practice.

          Nothing herein shall be construed so as to require the Issuers to include in such reports any
information specified in Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X.

          SECTION 1007. Future Subsidiary Guarantors.

          The Issuers shall cause each wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary that (i) is formed or acquired
following the Issue Date and (ii) executes a guarantee with respect to the Secured Notes, to
execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such wholly-owned
Domestic Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee (subject to Section 1208), on a joint and
several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest in
respect of the Notes on a senior secured basis and all other obligations under this Indenture.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE OF NOTES

          SECTION 1101. Right of Redemption.

          The Issuers shall have the right to redeem the Notes for cash, in whole or in part, at any
time or from time to time, on or after December 1, 2017 upon the notice set forth in Section 1105
at a redemption price (“Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be
redeemed plus unpaid interest, if any, accrued thereon to, but excluding, the Redemption Date;
provided, however that if the Redemption Date falls after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to
the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the Issuer will pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, on such Interest Payment Date to the Holder of record at the Close of Business on
the corresponding Regular Record Date (instead of the Holder surrendering its Notes for redemption)
and the Redemption Price shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be
redeemed.

          SECTION 1102. Applicability of Article.

          Redemption of Notes at the election of the Issuers or otherwise, as permitted or required by
any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article.

-57-

 

          SECTION 1103. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

          The election of the Issuers to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 1101 above shall be
evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Issuers, the
Issuers shall, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Issuers (unless a shorter
notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the
principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and
records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 1104.

          SECTION 1104. Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed.

          If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of such Notes for
redemption, shall be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis or by lot or such similar method in
accordance with the procedures of DTC; provided that no Notes of $1,000 or less shall be purchased
or redeemed in part.

          Holders may elect to exchange Notes or portions of Notes selected for redemption until the
Close of Business that is two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date. If any Notes selected
for redemption are submitted for exchange in part after such selection, the portion of such Notes
submitted for exchange shall be deemed (so far as may be possible) to be the portion to be selected
for redemption. The Notes (or portions thereof) so selected for redemption shall be deemed duly
selected for redemption for all purposes hereof, notwithstanding that any such Notes are submitted
for exchange in part before the provision of the notice of redemption.

          Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but
not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be
purchased or redeemed at such Holder’s registered address. If any Note is to be purchased or
redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Note shall state
the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

          A new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any Note
purchased or redeemed in part shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation
of the original Note. On and after the purchase or redemption date, unless the Issuers default in
payment of the purchase or redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions
thereof purchased or called for redemption.

          SECTION 1105. Notice of Redemption.

          Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided for in Section 106 not less than 30
nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder to be redeemed. Notices of
redemption may not be conditional.

          All notices of redemption shall state:

     (1) the Redemption Date,

     (2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest to the Redemption Date
payable as provided in Section 1107, if any,

     (3) if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in
the case of a partial redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular Notes to be
redeemed,

     (4) in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such
Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the
holder will receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the
principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

-58-

 

     (5) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price (and accrued interest, if any, to
the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 1107) will become due and payable upon
each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and that interest thereon will cease
to accrue on and after said date,

     (6) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the
Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any,

     (7) the name and address of the Paying Agent,

     (8) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect
the Redemption Price,

     (9) the CUSIP number, and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or
correctness of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes,

     (10) the paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed;

     (11) that the Holders have a right to exchange the Notes called for redemption;

     (12) the Exchange Rate on the date of such notice; and

     (13) the time and date on which the right to exchange such Notes or portions thereof
pursuant to this Indenture will expire.

          Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the election of the Issuers shall be given by
the Issuers or, at the Issuers’ request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of, and in
the form provided by, the Issuers; provided, however, that in all cases, the text of such notice of
redemption shall be prepared by the Issuers.

          SECTION 1106. Deposit of Redemption Price.

          Prior to any Redemption Date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying
Agent (or, if any Issuer is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in
Section 1003) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and accrued interest,
if any, on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date. If any Notes called for
redemption are exchanged pursuant hereto prior to such Redemption Date, any money deposited with
the Paying Agent or so segregated and held in trust for the redemption of such Notes shall be paid
to the Issuers or, if then held by the Issuers, shall be discharged from such trust.

          SECTION 1107. Notes Payable on Redemption Date.

          Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the
Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified (together with
accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date) (except as provided in Section 1101), and from
and after such date (unless the Issuers shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and
accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Note for
redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Issuers at the Redemption
Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that
installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be
payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Notes, registered as such at the
close of business on the relevant Regular Record Dates or Special Record Dates, as applicable,
according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

          If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption,
the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at
the rate borne by the Notes.

-59-

 

          SECTION 1108. Notes Redeemed in Part.

          Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article)
shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to
Section 1002 (with, if the Issuers or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written
instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuers and the Trustee duly executed by, the
Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Issuers shall
execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service
charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in
aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of
the Note so surrendered.

          SECTION 1109. Sinking Fund.

          There shall be no sinking fund provided for the Notes.

          SECTION 1110. Repurchase of Notes at Option of the Holders on Specified Dates.

          (a)
At the option of the Holder thereof, Notes shall be repurchased by the Issuers for cash in
accordance with the provisions herein on each of December 1, 2017, December 1, 2025, December 1,
2030 or December 1, 2035 (each, a “Put Right Repurchase Date”) at a repurchase price per Note equal
to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes being repurchased, together with any accrued
and unpaid interest up to, but not including, such Put Right Repurchase Date (the “Put Right
Repurchase Price”), unless the Put Right Repurchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date but on
or prior to the Interest Payment Date to which such Regular Record Date relates, in which case the
Issuers shall instead pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest to Holders of record as of
the preceding Regular Record Date and the Put Right Repurchase Price shall be equal to 100% of the
principal amount of Notes to be repurchased pursuant to this Article Eleven.

          Repurchases of Notes by the Issuers pursuant to this Section 1110 shall be made, at the option
of the Holder thereof, upon:

     (i) delivery to the Paying Agent by the Holder of a written notice of purchase (a “Put
Right Repurchase Notice”) in the form of Exhibit G hereto at any time from the Open of
Business on the date that is 25 Business Days prior to the applicable Put Right Repurchase
Date until the Close of Business on the fifth Business Day prior to such Put Right
Repurchase Date stating:

     (A) if certificated, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered for
repurchase;

     (B) the portion of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, which
must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; and

     (C) that the Notes are to be repurchased as of the applicable Put Right
Repurchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Notes and in
this Indenture; and

     (ii) delivery of such Notes to the Paying Agent prior to, on or after the Put Right
Repurchase Date (together with all necessary endorsements) at the offices of the Paying
Agent, such delivery being a condition to receipt by the Holder of the Put Right Repurchase
Price therefor; provided that such Put Right Repurchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to
this Section 1110 only if the Notes so delivered to the Paying Agent shall conform in all
respects to the description thereof in the related Put Right Repurchase Notice.

          The Issuers shall repurchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 1110, a portion
of a Note if the principal amount of such portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000.
Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the repurchase of all of a Note also apply to the
repurchase of such portion of such Note.

-60-

 

          Any repurchase by the Issuers contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1110
shall be consummated by the delivery of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly
following the later of the Put Right Repurchase Date and the time of delivery of the Notes.

          The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Issuers of the receipt by it of any Put Right
Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof in accordance with the provisions of
Section 1110(d).

          Any Notes that are to be repurchased only in part shall be surrendered to the Trustee (with,
if the Issuers or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer
in form satisfactory to the Issuers and the Trustee duly executed by the Holder thereof or his
attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Notes without service charge, a
new Note or Notes, containing identical terms and conditions, each in an authorized denomination in
aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unrepurchased portion of the principal
of the Notes so surrendered.

          (b) In connection with any purchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 1110, the Issuers shall
give written notice of the Put Right Repurchase Date to the Holders (the “Issuer Put Right
Notice”). The Issuer Put Right Notice shall be sent by first-class mail to the Trustee and to each
Holder at least 25 Business Days prior to the applicable Put Right Repurchase Date (the “Issuer Put
Right Notice Date”). Each Issuer Put Right Notice shall include a form of Put Right Repurchase
Notice to be completed by a Holder and shall state:

     (i) the Put Right Repurchase Price and the Exchange Price;

     (ii) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Exchange Agent;

     (iii) that Notes as to which a Put Right Repurchase Notice has been given may be
exchanged in accordance with Article Thirteen only if the applicable Put Right Repurchase
Notice has been withdrawn in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

     (iv) that Notes must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect payment;

     (v) that the Put Right Repurchase Price for any Note as to which a Put Right Repurchase
Notice has been given and not withdrawn will be paid promptly following the later of the Put
Right Repurchase Date and the time of surrender of such Note as described in subclause (iv)
above;

     (vi) the procedures the Holder must follow to exercise rights under this Section 1110
and a brief description of those rights;

     (vii) briefly, the exchange rights of the Notes;

     (viii) the procedures for withdrawing a Put Right Repurchase Notice (including pursuant
to the terms of Section 1110(d));

     (ix) that, unless the Issuers default in making payment on Notes for which a Put Right
Repurchase Notice has been submitted, interest on the Notes in respect of which a Put Right
Repurchase Notice has been delivered and not withdrawn will cease to accrue on the Put Right
Repurchase Date; and

     (x) the CUSIP number of the Notes.

          At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give such Issuer Put Right Notice in the Issuers’
name and at the Issuers’ expense; provided, however, that, in all cases, the text of such Issuer
Put Right Notice shall be prepared by the Issuers.

-61-

 

          (c) Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the Put Right Repurchase Notice specified in Section
1110(b)(i), the Holder of the Notes in respect of which such Put Right Repurchase Notice was given
shall (unless such Put Right Repurchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in Section 1110(d))
thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Put Right Repurchase Price with respect to such Note.
Such Put Right Repurchase Price shall be paid to such Holder, subject to receipt of funds by the
Paying Agent, promptly following the later of (x) the applicable Put Right Repurchase Date
(provided the conditions in Section 1110(b) have been satisfied) and (y) the time of delivery of
such Notes to the Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 1110(a)(ii).
Notes in respect of which a Put Right Repurchase Notice has been given by the Holder thereof may
not be exchanged pursuant to Article Thirteen on or after the date of the delivery of such Put
Right Repurchase Notice, unless such Put Right Repurchase Notice has first been validly withdrawn
as specified in Section 1110(d).

          (d) A Put Right Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn by means of a written notice of withdrawal
delivered to the office of the Paying Agent in accordance with the Put Right Repurchase Notice at
any time prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Business Day prior to the Put Right
Repurchase Date specifying:

     (i) if Definitive Notes have been issued, the certificate numbers of the withdrawn
Notes;

     (ii) the principal amount of the Notes with respect to which such notice of withdrawal
is being submitted; and

     (iii) the principal amount, if any, of such Notes that remains subject to the original
Put Right Repurchase Notice, which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000 or an
integral multiple of $1,000;

provided, however, that if the Notes are in the form of a Global Note, the notice must comply with
the Applicable Procedures.

          A written notice of withdrawal of a Put Right Repurchase Notice shall be in the form set forth
in the preceding paragraph.

          Upon receipt of a written notice of withdrawal, the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the
Holders thereof, and shall deem to be cancelled any instructions for book entry transfer of Global
Notes in compliance with the procedures of the Depositary, any Notes in respect of which a Put
Right Repurchase Notice has been withdrawn in accordance with the provisions of this Section
1110(d).

          (e) There shall be no repurchase of any Notes pursuant to this Section 1110 if the principal
amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior
to such date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Issuers in the
payment of Put Right Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes). The Paying Agent will promptly
return to the respective Holders thereof any Notes held by it during the continuance of an Event of
Default with respect to Notes (other than a Default in the payment of the Put Right Repurchase
Price with respect to such Notes), in which case, upon such return, the Put Right Repurchase Notice
with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been withdrawn.

          (f) Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Put Right Repurchase Date, the Issuers
shall deposit with the Paying Agent appointed by the Issuers, or if any of the Issuers is acting as
Paying Agent, set aside, segregate and hold in trust in accordance with Section 1003, an amount (in
immediately available funds if deposited on such Business Day) sufficient to pay the aggregate Put
Right Repurchase Price of all the Notes or portions thereof which are to be purchased as of the Put
Right Repurchase Date. The manner in which the deposit required by this Section 1110(f) is made by
the Issuers shall be at the option of the Issuers; provided that such deposit shall be made in a
manner such that the Paying Agent shall have immediately available funds on the Put Right
Repurchase Date.

          If the Paying Agent holds, in accordance with the terms hereof, money sufficient to pay the
Put Right Repurchase Price of any Note, then, on the Put Right Repurchase Date, such Note will
cease to be Outstanding

-62-

 

and the rights of the Holder in respect thereof shall terminate (other than the right to
receive the Put Right Repurchase Price as aforesaid).

          To the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Issuers pursuant to this
Section 1110(f) exceeds the aggregate Put Right Repurchase Price of the Notes or portions thereof
that the Issuers are obligated to purchase, then promptly after the Put Right Repurchase Date the
Paying Agent shall return any such excess cash to the Issuer.

          (g) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1110 to the contrary, if any of the Notes are in
the form of a Global Note, the repurchase of such Notes (including the delivery or withdrawal
thereof by the Holder) shall be made in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and the Put Right
Repurchase Notice, the Issuer Put Right Notice and any notice of withdrawal shall be modified to
the extent necessary to accord therewith.

          SECTION 1111. Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change.

          (a) If a Fundamental Change occurs at any time, each Holder shall have the right, at such
Holder’s option, to require the Issuers to repurchase all of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion
thereof that is equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, on the date (the “Fundamental
Change Repurchase Date”) specified by the Issuers that is not less than 20 calendar days nor more
than 35 calendar days (or such longer period required by law) following the date of the Fundamental
Change Issuer Notice at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (the
“Fundamental Change Repurchase Price”), unless the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after a
Regular Record Date but on or prior to the Interest Payment Date to which such Regular Record Date
relates, in which case the Issuers shall instead pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest
to Holders of record as of the preceding Regular Record Date and the Fundamental Change Repurchase
Price shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased pursuant to this
Article Eleven.

          (b) Repurchases of Notes under this Section 1111 shall be made, at the option of the Holder
thereof, upon:

     (i) delivery to the Paying Agent by a Holder of a duly completed notice (the
“Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice”) in the form set forth in Attachment 2 to the Form of
Note attached hereto as Exhibit A, if the Notes are certificated, or in compliance with the
Depositary’s procedures for surrendering interests in Global Notes, if the Notes are Global
Notes, in each case on or before the close of business on the Business Day immediately
preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; and

     (ii) delivery of the Notes, if the Notes are certificated, to the Paying Agent at any
time after delivery of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice (together with all necessary
endorsements for transfer) at the corporate trust office of the Paying Agent, or book-entry
transfer of the Notes, if the Notes are Global Notes, in compliance with the procedures of
the Depositary, in each case such delivery being a condition to receipt by the Holder of the
Fundamental Change Repurchase Price therefor.

          The Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in respect of any Notes to be repurchased shall
state:

     (i) in the case of Definitive on behalf of the Initial Purchasers named therein as such
agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time Notes, the certificate
numbers of the Notes to be delivered for repurchase;

     (ii) the portion of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased, which must be
$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; and

     (iii) that the Notes are to be repurchased by the Issuers pursuant to the applicable
provisions of the Notes and the Indenture;

-63-

 

provided, however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice
must comply with appropriate Depositary procedures.

          Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent the
Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice contemplated by this Section 1111 shall have the right to
withdraw, in whole or in part, such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice at any time prior to the
close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date
by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with Section 1112.

          The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Issuers of the receipt by it of any Fundamental
Change Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.

          (c) On or before the 20th calendar day after the occurrence of the effective date of a
Fundamental Change, the Issuers shall provide to all Holders of Notes and the Trustee and the
Paying Agent (in the case of a Paying Agent other than the Trustee) a notice (the “Fundamental
Change Issuer Notice”) of the occurrence of the effective date of the Fundamental Change and of the
repurchase right at the option of the Holders arising as a result thereof. Such notice shall be by
first class mail or, in the case of Global Notes, in accordance with the applicable procedures of
the Depositary. Simultaneously with providing such notice, the Issuers shall publish a notice
containing the information set forth in the Fundamental Change Issuer Notice in a newspaper of
general circulation in The City of New York or publish such information on the Company’s website or
through such other public medium as the Issuers may use at that time. Each Fundamental Change
Issuer Notice shall specify:

     (i) the events causing the Fundamental Change;

     (ii) the date of the Fundamental Change;

     (iii) the last date on which a Holder may exercise the repurchase right pursuant to
this Article Eleven;

     (iv) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price;

     (v) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;

     (vi) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Exchange Agent, if applicable;

     (vii) if applicable, the Exchange Rate and any adjustments to the Exchange Rate;

     (viii) if applicable, that the Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change
Repurchase Notice has been delivered by a Holder may be exchanged only if the Holder
withdraws the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture;

     (ix) the procedures that Holders must follow to require the Issuers to repurchase their
Notes.

          No failure of the Issuers to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the
Holders’ repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the
Notes pursuant to this Section 1111.

          At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give such notice in the Issuers’ name and at the
Issuers’ expense; provided, however, that, in all cases, the text of such Fundamental Change Issuer
Notice shall be prepared by the Issuers.

          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Notes may be repurchased by the Issuers on any date at
the option of the Holders upon a Fundamental Change if the principal amount of the Notes has been
accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to such date (except in the
case of an acceleration resulting

-64-

 

from a Default by the Issuers in the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with
respect to such Notes). The Paying Agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof
any Definitive Notes held by it during the acceleration of the Notes (except in the case of an
acceleration resulting from a Default by the Issuers in the payment of the Fundamental Change
Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes) and shall deem to be cancelled any instructions for
book-entry transfer of the Notes in compliance with the procedures of the Depositary, in which
case, upon such return or cancellation, as the case may be, the Fundamental Change Repurchase
Notice with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been withdrawn.

          SECTION 1112. Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice.

          (a) A Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn (in whole or in part) by means of
a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the corporate trust office of the Paying Agent in
accordance with this Section 1112 at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day
immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date specifying:

     (i) the principal amount of the Notes with respect to which such notice of withdrawal
is being submitted,

     (ii) if Definitive Notes have been issued, the certificate number of the Note in
respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and

     (iii) the principal amount, if any, of such Note that remains subject to the original
Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000
or an integral multiple of $1,000;

provided, however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, the notice must comply with appropriate
procedures of the Depositary.

          SECTION 1113. Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

          (a) The Issuers will deposit with the Paying Agent, or if the Issuers are acting as Paying
Agent, set aside, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003 of this Indenture) on or
prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date an amount of
money sufficient to repurchase all of the Notes to be repurchased at the appropriate Fundamental
Change Repurchase Price. Subject to receipt of funds and/or Notes by the Paying Agent, payment for
Notes surrendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn prior to the close of business on the Business
Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date) will be made on the later of (i)
the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date with respect to such Note (provided the Holder has satisfied
the conditions in Section 1111) and (ii) the time of book-entry transfer or the delivery of such
Notes to the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Issuers) by the Holder thereof in the
manner required by Section 1111 by mailing checks for the amount payable to the Holders of such
Notes entitled thereto as they shall appear in the Note Register; provided, however, that payments
to the Depositary shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of
the Depositary or its nominee. The Trustee shall, promptly after such payment and upon written
demand by the Issuers, return to the Issuers any funds in excess of the Fundamental Change
Repurchase Price.

          (b) If by 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Paying
Agent holds money sufficient to make payment on all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be
repurchased on such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, then (i) such Notes will cease to be
Outstanding, (ii) interest will cease to accrue on such Notes (whether or not book-entry transfer
of the Notes has been made or the Notes have been delivered to the Trustee or Paying Agent) and
(iii) all other rights of the Holders of such Notes will terminate (other than the right to receive
the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price).

-65-

 

          (c) Upon surrender of a Note that is to be repurchased in part pursuant to Section 1111, the
Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder a new Note in an
authorized denomination equal in principal amount to the unrepurchased portion of the Note
surrendered.

          SECTION 1114. Covenant to Comply with Applicable Laws Upon Repurchase of Notes.

          In connection with any repurchase offer, the Issuers will, if required:

     (a) comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4, Rule 14e-1 and any other tender offer
rules under the Exchange Act;

     (b) file a Schedule TO or any successor or similar schedule; and

     (c) otherwise comply with all federal and state securities laws in connection with any
offer by the Issuers to repurchase the Notes;

in each case, so as to permit the rights and obligations under this Article Eleven to be exercised
in the time and in the manner specified in this Article Eleven.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the provisions of this Section 1114 conflict with the
provisions of the Securities Act, Exchange Act or any other federal or state securities laws, the
Issuers shall comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, Exchange Act or such federal or
state securities laws, as applicable.

ARTICLE TWELVE

GUARANTEES

          SECTION 1201. Guarantees.

          Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the
Notes and obligations of the Issuers hereunder and thereunder, and guarantees to each Holder of a
Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, that:
(a) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes will be paid in full when
due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (including, without limitation, the
amount that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of
the Bankruptcy Law), together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on any
overdue interest, to the extent lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or
the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the
terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any
Notes or of any such other obligations, the same shall be paid in full when due or performed in
accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration
or otherwise, subject, however, in the case of clauses (a) and (b) above, to the limitation set
forth in Section 1204 hereof.

          Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional,
irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the
absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any
provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment
against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise
constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.

          Each Guarantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) the benefits of diligence,
presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or
bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers or any other
Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Guarantee of such
Guarantor shall not be discharged as to any Note except by complete performance of the obligations
contained in such Note, this Indenture and such Guarantee. Each Guarantor acknowledges that the
Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees
that,

-66-

 

in the event of a default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest on such
Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may
be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce such
Guarantor’s Guarantee without first proceeding against the Issuers or any other Guarantor. Each
Guarantor agrees that if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default,
the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from exercising their respective
rights to accelerate the Maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or
exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor shall pay to the
Trustee for the account of the Holder, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have
been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or
any of the Holders.

          If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers or
any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation
to either the Issuers or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such
Holder, the Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be
reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between each
Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee on the other hand, (x) subject to this
Article Twelve, the Maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in
Article Five hereof for the purposes of the Guarantee of such Guarantor notwithstanding any stay,
injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations
guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligation as provided in
Article Five hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due
and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of the Guarantee of such Guarantor.

          Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any
petition be filed by or against the Issuers for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuers
become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee
be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuers’ assets, and shall, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any
time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in
amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes, whether as a
“voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or
performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded,
reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be
reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or
returned.

          SECTION 1202. Severability.

          In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.

          SECTION 1203. Ranking of Guarantee.

          The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a senior obligation of such Guarantor. The
Guarantees shall: (a) rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future Senior
Indebtedness of the Guarantor, (b) be senior in right of payment to all existing and future
Subordinated Indebtedness of each Guarantor, and (c) be effectively subordinated to any secured
Indebtedness of each Guarantor as to the assets security such Indebtedness, (d) be expressly
subordinated to Designated First Lien Indebtedness as described in Article Fifteen and (e) be
structurally subordinated to Indebtedness and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of such Guarantor
that do not Guarantee the Notes.

          SECTION 1204. Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability.

          Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder confirms that it is the intention of
all such parties that the guarantee by each such Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute
a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent
Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law or the
provisions of its local law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance. To effectuate the
foregoing intention, the Holders and each such Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree

-67-

 

that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount
that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor
and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other
Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to
this Section 1204, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee constituting
such fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

          SECTION 1205. Contribution.

          In order to provide for just and equitable contribution among the Guarantors, the Guarantors
agree, inter se, that in the event any payment or distribution is made by any Guarantor (a “Funding
Guarantor”) under a Guarantee, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from all
other Guarantors in a pro rata amount based on the Adjusted Net Assets (as defined below) of each
Guarantor (including the Funding Guarantor) for all payments, damages and expenses incurred by that
Funding Guarantor in discharging the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Notes or any other
Guarantor’s obligations with respect to the Guarantee of such Guarantor. “Adjusted Net Assets” of
such Guarantor at any date shall mean the lesser of (x) the amount by which the fair value of the
property of such Guarantor exceeds the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation,
contingent liabilities (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred
or assumed on such date), but excluding liabilities under the Guarantee of such Guarantor at such
date and (y) the amount by which the present fair salable value of the assets of such Guarantor at
such date exceeds the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Guarantor
on its debts (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed
on such date), excluding debt in respect of the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as they become
absolute and matured.

          SECTION 1206. Subrogation.

          Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Issuers in respect of
any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 1201; provided, however,
that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to
enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all
amounts then due and payable by the Issuers under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid
in full.

          SECTION 1207. Reinstatement.

          Each Guarantor hereby agrees (and each Person who becomes a Guarantor shall agree) that the
Guarantee provided for in Section 1201 shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case
may be, if at any time, payment, or any part thereof, of any obligations or interest thereon is
rescinded or must otherwise be restored by a Holder to the Issuers upon the bankruptcy or
insolvency of the Issuers or any Guarantor.

          SECTION 1208. Release of a Guarantor.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing and the other provisions of this Indenture, each Guarantor shall
be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from all of its obligations under its
Guarantee under this Article Twelve upon:

          (a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of Capital Stock (following which
the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary of any Issuer) or all or substantially all the
assets of such Guarantor;

          (b) the release or discharge of such Guarantor’s guarantee of any outstanding Secured
Notes, or

          (c) if the Issuers’ obligations hereunder are discharged in accordance with Section 401.

-68-

 

          Any Guarantor shall be released from all its obligations under its Guarantee in accordance
with Section 803.

          SECTION 1209. Benefits Acknowledged.

          Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the
financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and from its guarantee and waivers pursuant
to its Guarantees under this Article Twelve.

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

EXCHANGE OF NOTES

          SECTION 1301. Exchange Privilege.

          Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Article Thirteen, each Holder of a
Note shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to exchange all or any portion (if the portion
to be exchanged is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) of such Note at any
time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, at
an initial exchange rate of 141.2429 shares of Common Stock (equivalent to an initial exchange
price of approximately $7.08 per share) (subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 1305 and
1306, the “Exchange Rate”) per $1,000 principal amount of Notes (subject to the settlement
provisions of Sections 1302, 1303 and 1304, the “Exchange Obligation”).

          SECTION 1302. Exchange Cap.

          (a) Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, the Issuers will not be entitled to deliver
shares of Common Stock to a Person or any Affiliate thereof (other than any Permitted Holder) that
beneficially owns the Notes to the extent (but only to the extent) that such receipt would cause
such Person or any Affiliate thereof to become, directly or indirectly, a “beneficial owner”
(within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder) of more than 19.9% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding at such time (the
“Exchange Cap”). Each beneficial owner shall, upon delivery of the relevant exchange notice, give
notice to the Issuers of each such beneficial owner’s ownership of Common Stock and each beneficial
owner agrees to furnish to the Issuers any information reasonably requested by the Issuers in
connection with the calculation of the Exchange Cap. The Issuers and the Exchange Agent shall be
entitled to rely upon such information. The Issuers shall not be in breach of any provision of
this Indenture or the Notes with respect to the Common Stock issued in reliance on such information
and shall have no liability (and shall be indemnified for any liability) as a result of the
issuance of any shares of Common Stock to any holder in excess of the Exchange Cap issued in
reliance on such information.

          (b) Any purported delivery of shares of Common Stock upon exchange of Notes shall be void and
have no effect to the extent (but only to the extent) that such delivery would result in any Person
or any Affiliate thereof (other than a Permitted Holder) becoming the beneficial owner of more than
19.9% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding at such time. If the Issuers elect to satisfy the
Exchange Obligation in shares of Common Stock but have been notified by an exchanging Holder that
the Exchange Cap would be exceeded, the Issuers may settle the Exchange Obligation in Common Stock
for the portion of the principal amount (in integral multiples of $1,000) that would not cause the
Exchange Cap to be exceeded. The Issuers will settle each remaining $1,000 principal amount of
Notes exchanged for cash equal to the sum of the Daily Settlement Value for each of the 25 Trading
Days during the related Observation Period in the manner provided in Section 1304.

          SECTION 1303. Exchange Procedure.

          (a) Upon exchange of any Note, the Issuers will settle the Exchange Obligation on the third
Business Day immediately following the last day of the applicable Observation Period. The Issuers
shall inform Holders by notice to the Trustee no later than one Trading Day prior to the first day
of the applicable Observation

-69-

 

Period how they elect to pay upon exchange of the Notes, including if there exists any
limitations on the amount of Common Stock deliverable upon exchange pursuant to Section 1302 or
1304(d), and details with respect thereto.

          (b) Before any Holder of a Note shall be entitled to exchange the same as set forth above,
such Holder shall (i) in the case of a Global Note, comply with the procedures of the Depositary in
effect at that time and, if required, pay funds equal to interest payable on the next Interest
Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled as set forth in Section 1303(g) and (ii) in the
case of a Definitive Note (1) complete, manually sign and deliver an irrevocable notice to the
Exchange Agent as set forth in the Form of Notice of Exchange (or a facsimile thereof) (a “Notice
of Exchange”) attached as Exhibit F hereto at the office of the Exchange Agent and state in writing
therein the principal amount of Notes to be exchanged and the name or names (with addresses) in
which such Holder wishes the certificate or certificates for any shares of Common Stock to be
delivered upon settlement of the Exchange Obligation to be registered, (2) surrender such Notes,
duly endorsed to the Issuers or in blank (and accompanied by appropriate endorsement and transfer
documents), at the office of the Exchange Agent, (3) if required, furnish appropriate endorsements
and transfer documents and (4) if required, pay funds equal to interest payable on the next
Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled as set forth in Section 1303(g). The
Trustee (and if different, the Exchange Agent) shall notify the Issuers of any exchange pursuant to
this Article Thirteen on the Exchange Date for such exchange. No Notice of Exchange with respect
to any Notes may be surrendered by a Holder thereof if such Holder has also delivered a Fundamental
Change Repurchase Notice to the Issuers in respect of such Notes and not validly withdrawn such
Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with Section 1111.

          If more than one Note shall be surrendered for exchange at one time by the same Holder, the
Exchange Obligation with respect to such Notes shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so
surrendered, subject to Sections 1302 and 1304(d).

          (c) A Note shall be deemed to have been exchanged immediately prior to the close of business
on the date (the “Exchange Date”) that the Holder has complied with the requirements set forth in
subsection (b) above. The Issuers shall issue or cause to be issued, and deliver to the Exchange
Agent or to such Holder, or such Holder’s nominee or nominees, certificates or a book-entry
transfer through the Depositary for the full number of shares of Common Stock to which such Holder
shall be entitled in satisfaction of the Issuers’ Exchange Obligation.

          (d) In case any Note shall be surrendered for partial exchange, the Company shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder of the Note
so surrendered a new Note or Notes in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount
equal to the unexchanged portion of the surrendered Note, without payment of any service charge by
the exchanging Holder but, if required by the Issuers or Trustee, with payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge required by law or that may be imposed in
connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new Notes issued upon such
exchange being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for such
exchange.

          (e) Except as provided in Section 1306, no adjustment shall be made for dividends on any
shares issued upon the exchange of any Note as provided in this Article Thirteen.

          (f) Upon the exchange of an interest in a Global Note, the Trustee, or the Custodian at the
direction of the Trustee, shall make a notation on such Global Note as to the reduction in the
principal amount represented thereby. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of any
exchange of Notes effected through any Exchange Agent other than the Trustee.

          SECTION 1304. Payment upon Exchange.

          (a) The Issuers shall settle each exchange of Notes in cash or shares of Common Stock, at the
Issuers’ option. If the Issuers settle in shares of Common Stock, the Issuers shall deliver shares
of Common Stock in an amount equal to the then applicable Exchange Rate. The Issuers will settle
each $1,000 principal

-70-

 

amount of Notes being exchanged for cash by delivering, on the third Trading Day immediately
following the last day of the related Observation Period, cash equal to the sum of the Daily
Settlement Value for each of the 25 Trading Days during the related Observation Period. Parent and
the Issuers have entered into a Stock Delivery Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, whereby
Parent has agreed to issue to the Issuers the number of shares of Common Stock necessary to deliver
to all Holders upon exchange of Notes, if the Issuers elect to settle exchanges in shares of Common
Stock. If Parent breaches this obligation and the Issuers are otherwise unable to deliver shares
to any Holder, the Issuers shall settle exchanges of the Notes in cash.

          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a notice of redemption has been issued in accordance
with Section 1105 of this Indenture, and Holders elect to exchange all or a portion of their Notes
on or after the date of issuance of such notice of redemption but prior to the relevant Redemption
Date, the Issuers may only settle the exchange in shares of Common Stock if such shares are, on the
applicable Exchange Date (i) covered by a valid and effective registration statement of Parent on
Form S-3 that enables the resale of such shares by the Holder without restriction under the
Securities Act or (ii) otherwise delivered to the Holder freely tradeable without restriction under
the Securities Act.

          (c) If the Issuers elect to deliver Common Stock in connection with any exchange other than
after the issuance of a notice of redemption as described in clause (b) of this Section and such
Common Stock is not on the Exchange Date covered by a valid and effective registration statement of
Parent on Form S-3 that enables the resale of such shares by the Holder without restriction under
the Securities Act or such shares are not otherwise delivered to the Holder freely tradeable
without restriction under the Securities Act, the Issuers shall deliver to such Holder an
additional 0.03 shares of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock that would otherwise have
been due upon such exchange (the “Additional Settlement Consideration”); provided, however, the
Issuers will deliver Common Stock as Additional Settlement Consideration only to the extent
permitted by applicable law and the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market and, to the
extent not permitted by applicable law and the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market,
will settle such Exchange Obligation in cash (based on the Daily Settlement Value for each of the
25 Trading Days during the related Observation Period). Any Additional Settlement Consideration
will be delivered at the time of the delivery of Common Stock that would otherwise have been due
upon exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such Additional Settlement Consideration shall be
delivered with respect to any Exchange Shares if the reason such shares are not covered by a resale
registration statement is due either to the Holder’s failure to comply with the delivery of
information or other requirements contained in the Registration Rights Agreement or, if the Holder
has complied with the delivery of information and other requirements contained in the Registration
Rights Agreement, the ten Business Day period during which Parent may supplement the prospectus or
amend the registration statement to add the stockholder as a selling stockholder has not expired
and/or Parent is not required to supplement the prospectus or amend the registration statement
pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement because it has done so three or more
times during that quarter.

          (d) The Issuers will settle the Exchange Obligation in cash rather than shares of Common Stock
to the extent issuing Additional Shares pursuant to Section 1305 of Common Stock would violate the
rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. If the Issuers elect to satisfy the Exchange Obligation in
shares of Common stock but settling the Exchange Obligation would violate the rules of the NASDAQ
Stock Market, the Issuers may settle the Exchange Obligation in Common Stock for the portion of the
principal amount (in integral multiples of $1,000) that would not cause such violation. The
Issuers shall settle each remaining $1,000 principal amount of Notes exchanged for cash equal to
the sum of the Daily Settlement Value for each of the 25 Trading Days during the related
Observation Period in the manner provided in this Section 1304.

          (e) Upon exchange, a Holder shall not receive any separate cash payment for accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, except as set forth in Section 307. The Issuers’ settlement of the Exchange
Obligation shall be deemed to satisfy in full its obligation to pay the principal amount of the
Note and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Exchange Date. As a
result, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Exchange Date shall be
deemed to be paid in full rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited.

          (f) The Issuers shall not issue any fractional share of Common Stock upon exchange of the
Notes and shall instead pay cash in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock due upon exchange
based on the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on the last day of the applicable
Observation Period.

-71-

 

          SECTION 1305. Increased Exchange Rate Applicable to Certain Notes Surrendered in
Connection with Fundamental Changes.

          (a) If a Fundamental Change occurs and a Holder elects to exchange its Notes in connection
with such Fundamental Change, the Issuers shall, under the circumstances described below, increase
the Exchange Rate for the Notes so surrendered for exchange by a number of additional shares of
Common Stock (the “Additional Shares”), as described below. An exchange of Notes shall be deemed
for these purposes to be “in connection with” such Fundamental Change if the relevant Notice of
Exchange is received by the Exchange Agent from, and including, the Effective Date of the
Fundamental Change up to, and including, the Business Day immediately prior to the related
Fundamental Change Repurchase Date.

          (b) The Issuers shall notify the Holders of Notes of the Effective Date of any Fundamental
Change and issue a press release announcing such Effective Date no later than five Business Days
after such Effective Date.

          (c) The number of Additional Shares, if any, by which the Exchange Rate shall be increased
shall be determined by reference to the table below, based on the date on which the Fundamental
Change occurs or becomes effective (the “Effective Date”) and the price (the “Stock Price”) paid
(or deemed to be paid) per share of the Common Stock in the Fundamental Change. If the holders of
the Common Stock receive only cash in a Fundamental Change described in clause (2) of the
definition of Fundamental Change, the Stock Price shall be the cash amount paid per share.
Otherwise, the Stock Price shall be the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common
Stock over the five Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately
preceding the Effective Date of the Fundamental Change. The Board of Directors of the Company
shall make appropriate adjustments to the Stock Price, in its good faith determination, to account
for any adjustment to the Exchange Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an
adjustment to the Exchange Rate where the Ex-Dividend Date of the event occurs, during such five
consecutive Trading Day period.

          (d) The Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table below shall be adjusted as
of any date on which the Exchange Rate of the Notes is otherwise adjusted. The adjusted Stock
Prices shall equal the Stock Prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by
a fraction, the numerator of which is the Exchange Rate immediately prior to such adjustment giving
rise to the Stock Price adjustment and the denominator of which is the Exchange Rate as so
adjusted. The number of Additional Shares set forth in the table below shall be adjusted in the
same manner and at the same time as the Exchange Rate as set forth in Section 1306.

          (e) The following table sets forth the number of Additional Shares to be received per $1,000
principal amount of Notes pursuant to this Section 1305 for each Stock Price and Effective Date set
forth below:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Stock Price
	Effective Date	 	$5.90	 	$6.25	 	$6.50	 	$6.75	 	$7.00	 	$7.50	 	$8.00	 	$8.50	 	$9.00	 	$10.00	 	$12.00	 	$14.00	 	$16.00	 	$18.00
	December 8, 2010
	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	25.5372	 	 	 	22.7790	 	 	 	20.3348	 	 	 	16.3078	 	 	 	10.6437	 	 	 	6.9816	 	 	 	4.5095	 	 	 	2.8433	 
	December 1, 2011
	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	25.0176	 	 	 	22.3067	 	 	 	19.8918	 	 	 	15.9218	 	 	 	10.3636	 	 	 	6.7806	 	 	 	4.3771	 	 	 	2.7429	 
	December 1, 2012
	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	27.2344	 	 	 	24.0569	 	 	 	21.3400	 	 	 	18.9784	 	 	 	15.1172	 	 	 	9.7592	 	 	 	6.3422	 	 	 	4.0772	 	 	 	2.5346	 
	December 1, 2013
	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	25.8340	 	 	 	22.6712	 	 	 	19.9764	 	 	 	17.6727	 	 	 	13.9224	 	 	 	8.8199	 	 	 	5.6562	 	 	 	3.5903	 	 	 	2.1947	 
	December 1, 2014
	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	27.5318	 	 	 	23.6151	 	 	 	20.4015	 	 	 	17.7576	 	 	 	15.4930	 	 	 	11.9395	 	 	 	7.3136	 	 	 	4.5780	 	 	 	2.8402	 	 	 	1.6928	 
	December 1, 2015
	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	26.2039	 	 	 	23.7825	 	 	 	19.7191	 	 	 	16.4866	 	 	 	13.8933	 	 	 	11.7957	 	 	 	8.6777	 	 	 	5.0120	 	 	 	3.0450	 	 	 	1.8602	 	 	 	1.0894	 
	December 1, 2016
	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	26.0606	 	 	 	22.4811	 	 	 	19.5654	 	 	 	16.7222	 	 	 	12.4750	 	 	 	9.3626	 	 	 	7.0966	 	 	 	5.4544	 	 	 	3.4059	 	 	 	1.6939	 	 	 	1.0376	 	 	 	0.6594	 	 	 	0.3846	 
	December 1, 2017
	 	 	28.2486	 	 	 	18.7059	 	 	 	12.5540	 	 	 	6.8578	 	 	 	1.5685	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 

The exact Stock Prices and Effective Dates may not be set forth in the table above, in which case:

-72-

 

     (i) if the Stock Price is between two Stock Prices in the table above or the
Effective Date is between two Effective Dates in the table, the number of Additional Shares
shall be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of Additional Shares
set forth for the higher and lower Stock Prices and the earlier and later Effective Dates,
as applicable, based on a 365-day year;

     (ii) if the Stock Price is greater than $18.00 per share (subject to adjustment in the
same manner as the Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table above pursuant
to subsection (d) above), no Additional Shares shall be added to the Exchange Rate; and

     (iii) if the Stock Price is less than $5.90 per share (subject to adjustment in the
same manner as the Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table above pursuant
to subsection (d) above), no Additional Shares shall be added to the Exchange Rate.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the total number of shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exchange exceed 169.4915 per $1,000 principal amount of Notes (or cash be paid in
respect of the Daily Settlement Value in respect of more than such number of shares), subject to
adjustment in the same manner as the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 1306.

     (f) Nothing in this Section 1305 shall prevent an adjustment to the Exchange Rate pursuant to
Section 1306 in respect of a Fundamental Change.

     (g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Fundamental Change constituting a Sprint
Change of Control, the Issuers may, in lieu of issuing Additional Shares upon exchange in
accordance with this Section, elect to adjust the Exchange Rate and the related Exchange Obligation
such that from and after the effective date of such Sprint Change of Control, Holders will be
entitled to exchange their Notes into a number of shares of Sprint common stock, still subject to
the arrangements for payment upon exchange otherwise applicable, by multiplying the Exchange Rate
in effect immediately before the Sprint Change of Control by a fraction:

     (i) the numerator of which will be (i) in the case of a share exchange, consolidation,
merger or binding share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock is converted into cash,
securities or other property, the average value of all cash and any other consideration (as
determined by the Board of Directors of Parent) paid or payable per share of Common Stock or
(ii) in the case of any other public acquiror change of control, the average of the last
reported sale prices of Common Stock for the five consecutive Trading Days prior to but
excluding the effective date of such Sprint Change of Control, and

     (ii) the denominator of which will be the average of the last reported sale prices of
the public acquiror common stock for the five consecutive Trading Days commencing on the
Trading Day immediately following the effective date of such public acquiror change of
control.

     (h) Upon a Sprint Change of Control, if the Issuers so elect, Holders may exchange their Notes
at the adjusted exchange rate described above but will not be entitled to receive Additional Shares
upon exchange pursuant to Section 1305 hereto. The Issuers shall notify Holders of the Issuers’
election in the notice to Holders of such transaction. In addition, upon a Sprint Change of
Control, in lieu of exchanging Notes, the Holder can, subject to certain conditions, require the
Issuers to repurchase all or a portion of its Notes pursuant to Section 1111 hereto.

          SECTION 1306. Adjustment of Exchange Rate.

          The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted from time to time by the Issuers if any of the following
events occurs, except that the Issuers shall not make any adjustments to the Exchange Rate if
Holders of the Notes participate (other than in the case of a share split or share combination), at
the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Common Stock and solely as a result of
holding the Notes, in any of the transactions described in this Section 1306, without having to
exchange their Notes, as if they held a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange
Rate, multiplied by the principal amount (expressed in thousands) of Notes held by such Holder.

-73-

 

          (a) If shares of Common Stock are issued exclusively as a dividend or distribution on shares
of Common Stock, or if Parent effects a share split or share combination, the Exchange Rate shall
be adjusted based on the following formula:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	 	 	OS’	 	 
	 

	 	ER’ = ER0 x
	 	 
 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	OS0	 	 

where,

	 	 	 	 	 

	ER0

	 	=
	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to
the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date, or
immediately prior to the open of business on the
effective date of such share split or share
combination, as applicable;
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ER’

	 	=
	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the
open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date or
immediately after the open of business on such
effective date, as applicable;
	 
	 	 	 	 
	OS0

	 	=
	 	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately prior to the open of business on such
Ex-Dividend Date or immediately prior to the open
of business on such effective date, as applicable;
and
	 
	 	 	 	 
	OS’

	 	=
	 	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately after giving effect to such dividend,
distribution, share split or share combination.

          Any adjustment made under this Section 1306(a) shall become effective immediately after the
open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after
the open of business on the effective date for such share split or share combination, as
applicable. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 1306(a) is
declared but not so paid or made, the Exchange Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as
of the date the Board of Directors of Parent determines not to pay such dividend or distribution,
to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been
declared.

          (b) If all or substantially all holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive any rights,
options or warrants entitling them, for a period of not more than 45 calendar days after the
announcement date of such issuance, to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock at a
price per share that is less than the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock
for the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately
preceding the date of announcement of such issuance, the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on
the following formula:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	 	 	OS0 + X	 	 
	 

	 	ER’ = ER0 x
	 	 
 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	OS0 + Y	 	 

where,

	 	 	 	 	 

	ER0

	 	=
	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend
Date for such issuance;
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ER’

	 	=
	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
	 
	 	 	 	 
	OS0

	 	=
	 	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business
on such Record Date;

-74-

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	X

	 	=
	 	the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights, options or
warrants; and
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Y

	 	=
	 	the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise such
rights, options or warrants, divided by the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the
Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day
immediately preceding the date of announcement of the issuance of such rights, options or
warrants.

          Any increase made under this Section 1306(b) shall be made successively whenever any such
rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the close of
business on the Record Date for such issuance. To the extent that shares of the Common Stock are
not delivered after the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the Exchange Rate shall be
decreased to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect had the increase with respect to the
issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number
of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. If such rights, options or warrants are not so
issued, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect had
the adjustment pursuant to this Section 1306(b) not occurred.

          For purposes of this Section 1306(b), in determining whether any rights, options or warrants
entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock at less than such
average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Day
period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement for such issuance,
and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall be
taken into account any consideration received by the Company for such rights, options or warrants
and any amount payable on exercise or exchange thereof, the value of such consideration, if other
than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     (c) If any dividend or distribution of shares of Parent’s Capital Stock, evidences of
indebtedness, other assets or property or rights, options or warrants to acquire its Capital Stock
or other securities, to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock, excluding (i)
dividends, distributions or issuances as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to Section
1306(a) or Section 1306(b), (ii) dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash as to which an
adjustment was effected pursuant to Section 1306(d), and (iii) Spin-Offs as to which the provisions
set forth below in this Section 1306(c) shall apply (any of such shares of Capital Stock, evidences
of indebtedness, other assets or property or rights, options or warrants to acquire Capital Stock
or other securities of Parent, the “Distributed Property”), then the Exchange Rate shall be
increased based on the following formula:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	 	 	SP0	 	 
	 

	 	ER’ = ER0 x
	 	 
 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	SP0-FMV	 	 

where,

	 	 	 	 	 

	ER0

	 	=
	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend
Date for such distribution;
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ER’

	 	=
	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SP0

	 	=
	 	the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive
Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for
such distribution; and
	 
	 	 	 	 
	FMV

	 	=
	 	the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of Parent) of the
Distributed Property with respect to each outstanding share of the Common Stock on the
Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution.

-75-

 

          Any increase made under this Section 1306(c) above shall become effective immediately after
the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution. If such distribution is not so
paid or made, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased to the Exchange Rate that would then be in
effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
“FMV” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined
above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, in respect of each
$1,000 principal amount thereof, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Common
Stock receive the Distributed Property, the amount and kind of Distributed Property such Holder
would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange
Rate in effect on the Ex-Dividend Date for the distribution. If the Board of Directors of Parent
determines the “FMV” (as defined above) of any distribution for purposes of this Section 1306(c) by
reference to the actual or when-issued trading market for any securities, it shall in doing so
consider the prices in such market over the same period used in computing the Last Reported Sale
Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day
immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution.

          With respect to an adjustment pursuant to this Section 1306(c) where there has been a payment
of a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock of shares of Parent’s Capital Stock of any
class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a Subsidiary or other business unit
of Parent, that are, or, when issued, will be, listed or admitted for trading on a U.S. national
securities exchange (a “Spin-Off”) the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following
formula:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	 	 	FMV0 + MP0	 	 
	 

	 	ER’ = ER0 x
	 	 
 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	MP0	 	 

where,

	 	 	 	 	 

	ER0

	 	=
	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the end of the Valuation Period;
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ER’

	 	=
	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the end of the Valuation Period;
	 
	 	 	 	 
	FMV0

	 	=
	 	the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Capital Stock or similar equity
interest distributed to holders of the Common Stock applicable to one share of the Common
Stock (determined by reference to the definition of Last Reported Sale Price as set forth
in Section 101 as if references therein to Common Stock were to such Capital Stock or
similar equity interest) over the first 10 consecutive Trading Day period after, and
including, the Ex-Dividend Date of the Spin-Off (the “Valuation Period”); and
	 
	 	 	 	 
	MP0

	 	=
	 	the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the Valuation Period.

          The adjustment to the Exchange Rate under the preceding paragraph shall occur on the last
Trading Day of the Valuation Period; provided that in respect of any exchange during the Valuation
Period, references in the portion of this Section 1306(c) related to Spin-Offs to 10 Trading Days
shall be deemed to be replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the
Ex-Dividend Date of such Spin-Off and the Exchange Date in determining the Exchange Rate.

          For purposes of this Section 1306(c) (and subject in all respects to Section 1312), rights,
options or warrants distributed by Parent to all holders of the Common Stock entitling them to
subscribe for or purchase shares of Parent’s Capital Stock, including the Common Stock (either
initially or under certain circumstances), which rights, options or warrants, until the occurrence
of a specified event or events (“Trigger Event”): (i) are deemed to be transferred with such
shares of the Common Stock; (ii) are not exercisable; and (iii) are also issued in respect of
future issuances of the Common Stock, shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of
this Section 1306(c) (and no adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this Section 1306(c) will be
required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights, options or
warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is
required) to the Exchange Rate shall be made under this Section

-76-

 

1306(c). If any such right, option or warrant, including any such existing rights, options or
warrants distributed prior to the date of this Indenture, are subject to events, upon the
occurrence of which such rights, options or warrants become exercisable to purchase different
securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and
each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and Ex-Dividend Date with respect to
new rights, options or warrants with such rights (in which case the existing rights, options or
warrants shall be deemed to terminate and expire on such date without exercise by any of the
holders thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of
rights, options or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the
immediately preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a
distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this Section 1306(c) was
made, (1) in the case of any such rights, options or warrants that shall all have been redeemed or
purchased without exercise by any holders thereof, upon such final redemption or purchase (x) the
Exchange Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options or warrants had not been issued and
(y) the Exchange Rate shall then again be readjusted to give effect to such distribution, deemed
distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to
the per share redemption or purchase price received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with
respect to such rights, options or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights, options
or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or purchase,
and (2) in the case of such rights, options or warrants that shall have expired or been terminated
without exercise by any holders thereof, the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights,
options and warrants had not been issued.

          For purposes of Section 1306(a), Section 1306(b) and this Section 1306(c), any dividend or
distribution to which this Section 1306(c) is applicable that also includes one or both of:

     (A) a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock to which Section 1306(a) is
applicable (the “Clause A Distribution”); or

     (B) a dividend or distribution of rights, options or warrants to which Section 1306(b)
is applicable (the “Clause B Distribution”),

then (1) such dividend or distribution, other than the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B
Distribution, shall be deemed to be a dividend or distribution to which this Section 1306(c) is
applicable (the “Clause C Distribution”) and any Exchange Rate adjustment required by this Section
1306(c) with respect to such Clause C Distribution shall then be made, and (2) the Clause A
Distribution and Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C
Distribution and any Exchange Rate adjustment required by Section 1306(a) and Section 1306(b) with
respect thereto shall then be made, except that, if determined by the Company (I) the “Ex-Dividend
Date” of the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to be the
Ex-Dividend Date of the Clause C Distribution and (II) any shares of Common Stock included in the
Clause A Distribution or Clause B Distribution shall be deemed not to be “outstanding immediately
prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date or immediately after the close of business
on such effective date, as applicable” within the meaning of Section 1306(a) or “outstanding
immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date or immediately after the close
of business on such effective date, as applicable” within the meaning of Section 1306(b).

     (d) If any cash dividend or distribution (other than in connection with a
liquidation, dissolution or winding up) is made to all or substantially all holders of
the Common Stock, the Exchange Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	 	 	SP0	 	 
	 

	 	ER’ = ER0 x
	 	 
 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	SP0 - C	 	 

where,

	 	 	 	 	 

	ER0

	 	=
	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business
on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;

-77-

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	ER’

	 	=
	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on
the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SP0

	 	=
	 	the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day
immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or
distribution; and
	 
	 	 	 	 
	C

	 	=
	 	the amount in cash per share distributed to holders of its Common Stock.

          Any increase pursuant to this Section 1306(d) shall become effective immediately after the
open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution. If such dividend or
distribution is not so paid, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased, effective as of the date the
Board of Directors of Parent determines not to make or pay such dividend or distribution, to the
Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “C” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than
“SPo” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a
Note shall receive, for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes, at the same time and upon the same
terms as holders of shares of the Common Stock, the amount of cash that such Holder would have
received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate on the
Record Date for such cash dividend or distribution.

     (e) If Parent or any of its respective Subsidiaries of Affiliates make a payment in respect of
a tender offer (which for the avoidance of doubt shall not include any open market buybacks or
purchases that are not tender offers) or exchange offer for the Common Stock, to the extent that
the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of the Common Stock
exceeds the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the
last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, the
Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	 	 	AC + (SP’ x OS’)	 	 
	 

	 	ER’ = ER0 x
	 	 
 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	OSP0 x  SP’	 	 

where,

	 	 	 	 	 

	ER0

	 	=
	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to
the close of business on the 10th Trading Day
immediately following, and including, the Trading
Day next succeeding the date such tender or
exchange offer expires;
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ER’

	 	=
	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the
close of business on the 10th Trading Day
immediately following, and including, the Trading
Day next succeeding the date such tender or
exchange offer expires;
	 
	 	 	 	 
	AC

	 	=
	 	the aggregate value of all cash and any other
consideration (as determined by the Board of
Directors of Parent) paid or payable for shares of
Common Stock purchased in such tender or exchange
offer;
	 
	 	 	 	 
	OS0

	 	=
	 	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately prior to the date such tender or
exchange offer expires (prior to giving effect to
the purchase of all shares of Common Stock
accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender
offer or exchange offer);
	 
	 	 	 	 
	OS’

	 	=
	 	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately after the date such tender or exchange
offer expires (after giving effect to the purchase
of all shares of Common Stock accepted for
purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange
offer); and

-78-

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	SP’

	 	=
	 	the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of
the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading
Day period commencing on the Trading Day next
succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer
expires.

          The adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this Section 1306(e) shall occur at the close of
business on the 10th Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next
succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires; provided that in respect of any exchange
within the 10 Trading Days immediately following, and including, the expiration date of any tender
or exchange offer, references in this Section 1306(e) with respect to 10 Trading Days shall be
deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the date that such
tender or exchange offer expires and the Exchange Date in determining the Exchange Rate.

     (f) Except as stated herein, the Company shall not be required to adjust the Exchange Rate for
the issuance of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for
shares of Common Stock or the right to purchase shares of Common Stock or such convertible or
exchangeable securities.

     (g) In addition to those adjustments required by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this
Section 1306, and to the extent permitted by applicable law and the rules and regulations of the
NASDAQ Stock Market, the Issuers from time to time may increase the Exchange Rate by any amount for
a period of at least 20 Business Days if the Board of Directors determines that such increase would
be in the Issuers’ best interest. In addition, the Issuers may (but are not required to), to the
extent permitted by applicable law and the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market,
increase the Exchange Rate to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights
to purchase Common Stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of shares (or rights to
acquire shares) or similar event. Whenever the Exchange Rate is increased pursuant to either of
the preceding two sentences, the Issuers shall mail to the Holder of each Note at its last address
appearing on the Note Register a notice of the increase at least 15 days prior to the date the
increased Exchange Rate takes effect, and such notice shall state the increased Exchange Rate and
the period during which it will be in effect.

     (h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article Thirteen, the Exchange Rate shall
not be adjusted:

     (i) unless the adjustment would result in a change in the Exchange Rate of at least 1%;
provided, however, that any adjustment which by reason of the foregoing is not required to
be made shall be carried forward and such carried forward adjustment shall be made to the
Exchange Rate, regardless of whether the aggregate adjustment is less than 1%, on the
Exchange Date for any Notes;

     (ii) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to a plan for the
reinvestment of dividends or interest or for a change in the par value of the Common Stock
or a change to no par value of the Common Stock;

     (iii) upon the issuance of any shares of the Common Stock pursuant to any option,
warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security outstanding as of the
date the Notes were first issued; or

     (iv) for accrued and unpaid interest.

     (i) All calculations and other determinations under this Article Thirteen shall be made by the
Issuers and shall be made to the nearest one ten-thousandth (1/10,000) of a share.

     (j) Whenever the Exchange Rate is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall promptly file
with the Trustee (and the Exchange Agent if not the Trustee) an Officers’ Certificate setting forth
the Exchange Rate after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring
such adjustment. Unless and until a

-79-

 

Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received such Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee
shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment of the Exchange Rate and may assume without
inquiry that the last Exchange Rate of which it has knowledge is still in effect. Promptly after
delivery of such certificate, the Issuers shall prepare a notice of such adjustment of the Exchange
Rate setting forth the adjusted Exchange Rate and the date on which each adjustment becomes
effective and shall mail such notice of such adjustment of the Exchange Rate to each Holder at its
last address appearing on the Note Register of this Indenture. Failure to deliver such notice
shall not affect the legality or validity of any such adjustment.

     (k) For purposes of this Section 1306, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time
outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of Parent so long as Parent does not pay
any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of Parent, but
shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of
shares of Common Stock.

          SECTION 1307. Adjustments of Prices.

          Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires the Issuers to calculate the Last Reported
Sale Prices or the Stock Price over a span of multiple days, the Board of Directors of the Company
shall make appropriate adjustments to each to account for any adjustment to the Exchange Rate that
becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Exchange Rate where the Ex-Dividend
Date or Record Date of the event occurs, at any time during the period when such Last Reported Sale
Prices or Stock Prices are to be calculated.

          SECTION 1308. Effect of Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of the Common
Stock.

          (a) In the case of:

     (i) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than
changes resulting from a change in par value of the Common Stock, or from par value to no
par value of the Common Stock, or from no par value to par value of the Common Stock or a
subdivision or combination),

     (ii) any consolidation, merger or combination involving Parent,

     (iii) any sale, lease or other transfer to a third party of the consolidated assets of
Parent and Parent’s Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety or

     (iv) any statutory share exchange,

in each case as a result of which the Common Stock would be exchanged into, or exchanged for,
stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (any
such event, a “Merger Event”), then, at and after the effective time of such Merger Event, the
right to exchange each $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be changed into a right to exchange
such principal amount of Notes into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or
other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) that a holder of a number of
shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate immediately prior to such Merger Event would have
owned or been entitled to receive (the “Reference Property,” with each “unit of Reference Property”
meaning the kind and amount of Reference Property that a holder of one share of Common Stock is
entitled to receive) upon such Merger Event and, prior to or at the effective time of such Merger
Event, the Issuers or the successor or purchasing Person, as the case may be, shall execute with
the Trustee a supplemental indenture permitted under Section 901 hereto providing for such change
in the right to exchange each $1,000 principal amount of Notes; provided, however, that the
foregoing shall not apply to a Sprint Change of Control to the extent the Issuers elect to adjust
the Exchange Rate and the related Exchange Obligation in accordance with Section 1305.

          If the Merger Event causes the Common Stock to be exchanged into, or exchanged for, the right
to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of
stockholder election), then (i) the Reference Property into which the Notes will be exchangeable
shall be deemed to be the weighted average

-80-

 

of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of Common Stock that
affirmatively make such an election, and (ii) the unit of Reference Property for purposes of the
immediately preceding paragraph shall refer to the consideration referred to in clause (i)
attributable to one share of Common Stock. The Issuers shall notify Holders, the Trustee and the
Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) of such weighted average as soon as practicable after
such determination is made.

          To the extent that the Notes become exchangeable into the right to receive cash, interest will
not accrue on such cash.

          Such supplemental indenture described in the third immediately preceding paragraph shall
provide for adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as is possible to the adjustments
provided for in this Article Thirteen. If, in the case of any Merger Event, the Reference Property
includes shares of stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination
thereof) of a Person other than the successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, in
such Merger Event, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other Person and
shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders as the Board of
Directors of the Company shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing, including
to the extent required by the Board of Directors of the Company and practicable the provisions
providing for the purchase rights set forth in Article Eleven.

     (b) In the event the Issuers shall execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section
1308(a), the Issuers shall promptly file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate briefly stating
the reasons therefore, the kind or amount of cash, securities or property or asset that will
comprise the Reference Property after any such Merger Event, any adjustment to be made with respect
thereto and that all conditions precedent have been complied with, and shall promptly mail notice
thereof to all Holders. The Issuers shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental
indenture to be mailed to each Holder, at its address appearing on the Note Register provided for
in this Indenture, within 20 days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall
not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.

     (c) Neither Issuer shall become a party to any Merger Event unless its terms are consistent
with this Section 1308. None of the foregoing provisions shall affect the right of a holder of
Notes to exchange its Notes into shares of Common Stock as set forth in Section 1301, Section 1302
and Section 1303 prior to the effective date of such Merger Event.

     (d) The above provisions of this Section shall similarly apply to successive Merger Events.

          SECTION 1309. Certain Covenants.

          (a) Each Issuer covenants that, if it elects to deliver shares of Common Stock upon exchange,
it shall not deliver any shares of Common Stock upon exchange of Notes that will not be upon
issuance fully paid and non-assessable by Parent and free from all taxes, liens and charges with
respect to the issue thereof.

          (b) Each Issuer further covenants that, if it elects to deliver shares of Common Stock upon
exchange, if at any time the Common Stock shall be listed on any national securities exchange or
automated quotation system, it shall take whatever action is required, so long as the Common Stock
shall be so listed on such exchange or automated quotation system, to ensure that any Common Stock
issuable upon exchange of the Notes is so listed.

          SECTION 1310. Responsibility of Trustee.

          The Trustee and any other Exchange Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or
responsibility to any Holder to determine the Exchange Rate (or any adjustment thereto) or whether
any facts exist that may require any adjustment (including any increase) of the Exchange Rate, or
with respect to the nature or extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with
respect to the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed,
in making the same. The Trustee and any other Exchange Agent shall not be

-81-

 

accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of
Common Stock, or of any securities, property or cash that may at any time be issued or delivered
upon the exchange of any Notes; and the Trustee and any other Exchange Agent make no
representations with respect thereto. Neither the Trustee nor any Exchange Agent shall be
responsible for any failure of the Issuers to transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or
stock certificates or other securities or property or cash upon the surrender of any Notes for the
purpose of exchange or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the
Issuers contained in this Article. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the
Trustee nor any Exchange Agent shall be under any responsibility to determine the correctness of
any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to Section 1308
relating either to the kind or amount of shares of stock or securities or property (including cash)
receivable by Holders upon the exchange of their Notes after any event referred to in such Section
1308 or to any adjustment to be made with respect thereto, but, subject to the provisions of
Section 601 hereto, may accept (without any independent investigation) as conclusive evidence of
the correctness of any such provisions, and shall be protected in relying upon, the Officers’
Certificate (which the Issuers shall be obligated to file with the Trustee prior to the execution
of any such supplemental indenture) with respect thereto.

          SECTION 1311. Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions.

          In case of any:

     (a) action by the Issuers, one of their respective Subsidiaries or Parent that would
require an adjustment in the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 1306 or Section 1312; or

     (b) Merger Event; or

     (c) voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of any of the
Issuers, any of their respective Subsidiaries or Parent;

then, in each case (unless notice of such event is otherwise required pursuant to another provision
of this Indenture), the Issuers shall cause to be filed with the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if
other than the Trustee) and to be mailed to each Holder at its address appearing on the Note
Register, as promptly as possible but in any event at least 20 days prior to the applicable date
hereinafter specified, a notice stating (i) the date on which a record is to be taken for the
purpose of such action by either Issuer or one of their respective Subsidiaries or, if a record is
not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record are to be determined
for the purposes of such action by any Issuer or one of their respective Subsidiaries, or (ii) the
date on which such Merger Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is expected to become
effective or occur, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record
shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon
such Merger Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. Failure to give such notice, or any
defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such action by either Issuer or one of
their respective Subsidiaries, Merger Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

          SECTION 1312. Stockholder Rights Plans.

          To the extent that the Company has a rights plan in effect upon exchange of the Notes, each
share of Common Stock issued upon such exchange shall be entitled to receive the appropriate number
of rights, if any, and the certificates representing the Common Stock issued upon such exchange
shall bear such legends, if any, in each case as may be provided by the terms of any such
stockholder rights plan, as the same may be amended from time to time. If at the time of exchange,
however, the rights have separated from the shares of Common Stock in accordance with the
provisions of the applicable stockholder rights plan so that the Holders would not be entitled to
receive any rights in respect of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes, the Exchange
Rate shall be adjusted at the time of separation as if Parent distributed to all or substantially
all holders of Common Stock shares of Capital Stock of Parent, evidences of its indebtedness, other
assets or property or rights, options or warrants to acquire its Capital Stock or other securities
as provided in Section 1306(c), subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination
or redemption of such rights.

-82-

 

ARTICLE FOURTEEN

SUBORDINATION

          SECTION 1401. Agreement to Subordinate.

          The Issuers, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the payment of all Obligations
owing in respect of the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner
provided in this Article Fourteen, to the prior payment in full of all existing and future
Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers and that the subordination is for the benefit of
and enforceable by the holders of such Designated First Lien Indebtedness. The Notes shall in all
respects rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of
the Issuers, and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated
Indebtedness of the Issuers. All provisions of this Article Fourteen shall be subject to Section
1412.

          SECTION 1402. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy.

          Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of any Issuer to creditors upon a total or
partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of any Issuer or in a reorganization of or
similar proceeding relating to any Issuer or such Issuer’s property:

     (i) the holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers shall be entitled
to receive payment in full in cash of such Designated First Lien Indebtedness before Holders
shall be entitled to receive any payment; and

     (ii) until the Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers is paid in full in
cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for the
subordination provisions of this Indenture shall be made to holders of such Designated First
Lien Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive Permitted
Junior Securities.

          SECTION 1403. Default on Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers.

          The Issuers shall not pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (or pay any
other Obligations relating to the Notes, including fees, costs, expenses, indemnities and
rescission or damage claims) or make any deposit pursuant to Article Four hereof and may not
purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, “pay the Notes”) (except in the form
of Permitted Junior Securities) if either of the following occurs (a “Payment Default”):

     (i) any Obligation on any Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers is not paid
in full in cash when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace period); or

     (ii) any other default on Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers occurs and
the maturity of such Designated First Lien Indebtedness Notes is accelerated in accordance
with its terms;

unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has
been rescinded or such Designated First Lien Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash; provided,
however, that the Issuers shall be entitled to pay the Notes without regard to the foregoing if the
Issuers and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the trustee, agent or
representative (if any) (the “Representative”) of all Designated First Lien Indebtedness with
respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.

          During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) (a “Non-Payment Default”)
with respect to any Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers pursuant to which the
maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required
to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Issuers shall
not pay the Notes (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) for a period (a “Payment
Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to

-83-

 

the Issuers) of written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of such Non-Payment Default from the
Representative of such Designated First Lien Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a
Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period shall end
earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the Trustee and the
Issuers from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice; (ii) because the default giving
rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or (iii) because
such Designated First Lien Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.

          Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding two sentences (but
subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section 1403 and Section 1402
hereof), unless the holders of such Designated First Lien Indebtedness or the Representative of
such Designated First Lien Indebtedness shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated
First Lien Indebtedness or a Payment Default has occurred and is continuing, the Issuers shall be
entitled to resume paying the Notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. The Notes shall
not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period
irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the
Issuers during such period. However, in no event shall the total number of days during which any
Payment Blockage Period or Periods on the Notes is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate
during any consecutive 360-day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive
360-day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, however, no default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any
Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Blockage Notice
unless such default shall have been waived for a period of not less than 90 days (it being
acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period
after the date of delivery of a Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a
Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Payment Default previously existed
or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Payment Default for this purpose).

          SECTION 1404. Acceleration of Payment of Notes.

          If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Issuers shall
promptly notify the holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers or the
Representative of the First Priority Notes of the acceleration; provided that any failure to give
such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the provisions of this Article Fourteen. If any
Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers is outstanding, the Issuers may not pay the Notes
until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issuers of such Designated First Lien
Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the Notes only if this
Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.

          SECTION 1405. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.

          If a distribution is made to Holders that, due to the subordination provisions, should not
have been made to them, such Holders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Designated
First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

          SECTION 1406. Subrogation.

          After all Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers is paid in full and until the
Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Designated
First Lien Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to such Designated First Lien
Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article Fourteen to holders of such Designated First
Lien Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the Issuers
and Holders, a payment by the Issuers on such Designated First Lien Indebtedness.

          SECTION 1407. Relative Rights.

          This Article Fourteen defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Designated First
Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

-84-

 

     (i) impair, as between the Issuers and Holders, the obligation of the Issuers, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with
their terms;

     (ii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a
Default, subject to the rights of holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the
Issuers to receive payments or distributions otherwise payable to Holders and such other
rights of such holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness as set forth herein; or

     (iii) affect the relative rights of Holders and creditors of the Issuers other than
their rights in relation to holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness.

          SECTION 1408. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuers.

          No right of any holder of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers to enforce the
subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to
act by the Issuers or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.

          SECTION 1409. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.

          Notwithstanding Section 1403 hereof, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make
payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would
prohibit the making of any payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of
such payment, a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives notice satisfactory to him that
payments may not be made under this Article Fourteen. The Issuer, the Note Registrar, the Paying
Agent, a Representative or a holder of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers shall be
entitled to give the notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Designated First Lien
Indebtedness of the Issuers has a Representative, only such Representative shall be entitled to
give the notice.

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled to hold Designated First
Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The
Note Registrar and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee
shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article Fourteen with respect to any
Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers which may at any time be held by it, to the same
extent as any other holder of such Designated First Lien Indebtedness, and nothing in Article Five
shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article Fourteen
shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 607 hereof or
any other Section of this Indenture.

          SECTION 1410. Distribution or Notice to Representative.

          Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Designated First Lien
Indebtedness of the Issuers, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their
Representative (if any).

          SECTION 1411. Article Fourteen Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To
Accelerate.

          The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Notes by reason of any provision in this Article
Fourteen shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article
Fourteen shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the
maturity of the Notes.

          SECTION 1412. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated.

          Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds
of Government Securities held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest
on the Notes pursuant to Article Four hereof shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any
Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers or subject to the restrictions set forth in this
Article Fourteen, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the
Issuers or any holder of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the

-85-

 

Issuers or any other creditor of the Issuers, provided that the subordination provisions of this
Article Fourteen were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust
pursuant to Article Four hereof.

          SECTION 1413. Trustee Entitled To Rely.

          Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Fourteen, the Trustee and the
Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction
in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 1402 hereof are pending, (b) upon a
certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution
to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon the Representatives of Designated First Lien
Indebtedness of the Issuers for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in
such payment or distribution, the holders of such Designated First Lien Indebtedness and other
Indebtedness of the Issuers, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or
distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Fourteen. In the
event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the
right of any Person as a holder of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers to participate
in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Fourteen, the Trustee shall be entitled to
request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the
amount of such Designated First Lien Indebtedness Notes held by such Person, the extent to which
such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to
the rights of such Person under this Article Fourteen, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the
Trustee shall be entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to
the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 601 and 603 hereof
shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article
Fourteen.

          SECTION 1414. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination.

          A Holder by its acceptance of a Note agrees to be bound by this Article Fourteen and
authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on his behalf, to take such action as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of
Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers as provided in this Article Fourteen and appoints
the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

          SECTION 1415. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of
the Issuers.

          The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Designated First
Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly
pay over or distribute to Holders or the Issuers or any other Person, money or assets to which any
holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers shall be entitled by virtue of this
Article Fourteen or otherwise.

          SECTION 1416. Reliance by Holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers on
Subordination Provisions.

          Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination
provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any
Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers, whether such Designated First Lien Indebtedness
was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold,
or to continue to hold, such Designated First Lien Indebtedness and such holder of such Designated
First Lien Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination
provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, Designated First Lien
Indebtedness.

          Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of
Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers may, at any time and from time to time, without
the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders, without incurring responsibility to the
Trustee or the Holders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this
Article Fourteen or the obligations hereunder of the Holders to the holders of Designated First
Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner,
place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Designated First
Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Designated First
Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers, or

-86-

 

any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Designated First Lien
Indebtedness of the Issuers is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any
property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the
Issuers; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment or collection of Designated
First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights
against the Issuers and any other Person.

ARTICLE FIFTEEN

SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES

          SECTION 1501. Agreement to Subordinate.

          Each Guarantor agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the obligations of
such Guarantor under its Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the
manner provided in this Article Fifteen, to the prior payment in full of all existing and future
Designated First Lien Indebtedness of such Guarantor and that the subordination is for the benefit
of and enforceable by the holders of such Designated First Lien Indebtedness. A Guarantor’s
obligations under its Guarantee shall in all respects rank pari passu in right of payment with all
existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor and will be senior in right of payment to
all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor, as applicable. All provisions
of this Article Fifteen shall be subject to Section 1512.

          SECTION 1502. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy.

          Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of a Guarantor to creditors upon a total or
partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of such Guarantor or in a reorganization of
or similar proceeding relating to such Guarantor’s property:

     (i) the holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be
entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Designated First Lien Indebtedness
before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment; and

     (ii) until the Designated First Lien Indebtedness of such Guarantor is are paid in full
in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for the
subordination provisions of this Indenture shall be made to holders of such Designated First
Lien Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive Permitted
Junior Securities.

          SECTION 1503. Default on Designated First Lien Indebtedness of a Guarantor.

          A Guarantor shall not make any payment pursuant to its Guarantee (or pay any other Obligations
relating to its Guarantee, including fees, costs, expenses, indemnities and rescission or damage
claims owing to Holders thereof) and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes
(collectively, “pay its Guarantee”) (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) if either
of the following occurs (a “Guarantor Payment Default”):

     (i) any Obligation on any Designated First Lien Indebtedness of such Guarantor is not
paid in full in cash when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace period); or

     (ii) any other default on Designated First Lien Indebtedness of such Guarantor occurs
and the maturity of such Designated First Lien Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance
with its terms;

unless, in either case, the Guarantor Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such
acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated First Lien Indebtedness has been paid in full in
cash; provided, however, that such Guarantor shall be entitled to pay its Guarantee without regard
to the foregoing if such Guarantor and the Trustee

-87-

 

receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated First Lien
Indebtedness with respect to which the Guarantor Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.

          During the continuance of any default (other than a Guarantor Payment Default) (a
“Non-Guarantor Payment Default”) with respect to any Designated First Lien Indebtedness of a
Guarantor p pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice
(except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any
applicable grace periods, such Guarantor shall not pay its Guarantee (except in the form of
Permitted Junior Securities) for a period (a “Guarantee Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon
the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to such Guarantor and the Issuers) of written notice (a
“Guarantee Blockage Notice”) of such Non-Guarantor Payment Default from the Representative of such
Designated First Lien Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Guarantee Payment Blockage
Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Guarantee Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if
such Guarantee Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the Trustee, the
relevant Guarantor and the Issuers from the Person or Persons who gave such Guarantee Blockage
Notice; (ii) because the default giving rise to such Guarantee Blockage Notice is cured, waived or
otherwise no longer continuing; or (iii) because such Designated First Lien Indebtedness has been
discharged or repaid in full in cash.

          Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding two sentences (but
subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section 1503 and Section 1502
hereof), unless the holders of such Designated First Lien Indebtedness or the Representative of
such Designated First Lien Indebtedness shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated
First Lien Indebtedness or a Guarantor Payment Default has occurred and is continuing, the relevant
Guarantor shall be entitled to resume paying its Guarantee after the end of such Guarantee Payment
Blockage Period. Each Guarantee shall not be subject to more than one Guarantee Payment Blockage
Period in any consecutive 360-day period irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to
Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor during such period. However, in no
event shall the total number of days during which any Guarantee Payment Blockage Period or Periods
on a Guarantee is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360-day period,
and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360-day period during which no Guarantee
Payment Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no default that
existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Guarantee Blockage Notice to the Trustee
shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Guarantee Blockage Notice unless such default
shall have been waived for a period of not less than 90 days (it being acknowledged that any
subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of
delivery of a Guarantee Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Guarantor
Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Guarantor Payment Default previously
existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Guarantor Payment Default for this purpose).

          SECTION 1504. Demand for Payment.

          If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default and a demand for payment
is made on a Guarantor pursuant to Article Twelve, the Issuers or such Guarantor shall promptly
notify the holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of such Guarantor or the Representative of
such Designated First Lien Indebtedness of such demand; provided that any failure to give such
notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the provisions of this Article Fifteen. If any
Designated First Lien Indebtedness of a Guarantor is outstanding, such Guarantor may not pay its
Guarantee until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issuers of such Designated
First Lien Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay its Guarantee
only if this Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.

          SECTION 1505. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.

          If a distribution is made to Holders that, due to the subordination provisions, should not
have been made to them, such Holders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Designated
First Lien Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor and pay it over to them as their interests may
appear.

-88-

 

          SECTION 1506. Subrogation.

          After all Designated First Lien Indebtedness of a Guarantor is paid in full and until the
Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Designated
First Lien Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to such Designated First Lien
Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article Fifteen to holders of such Designated First
Lien Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the relevant
Guarantor and Holders, a payment by such Guarantor on such Designated First Lien Indebtedness.

          SECTION 1507. Relative Rights.

          This Article Fifteen defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Designated First
Lien Indebtedness of a Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

     (i) impair, as between such Guarantor and Holders, the obligation of such Guarantor,
which is absolute and unconditional, to make payments under its Guarantee in accordance with
its terms;

     (ii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a
default by such Guarantor under its obligations with respect to its Guarantee, subject to
the rights of holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of such Guarantor to receive
payments or distributions otherwise payable to Holders and such other rights of such holders
of the Designated First Lien Indebtedness as set forth herein; or

     (iii) affect the relative rights of Holders and creditors of such Guarantor other than
their rights in relation to holders of the Designated First Lien Indebtedness.

          SECTION 1508. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor.

          No right of any holder of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of a Guarantor to enforce the
subordination of the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be impaired by any act
or failure to act by such Guarantor or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.

          SECTION 1509. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.

          Notwithstanding Section 1403 hereof, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make
payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would
prohibit the making of any payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of
such payment, a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives notice satisfactory to him that
payments may not be made under this Article Fifteen. A Guarantor, the Note Registrar, the Paying
Agent, a Representative or a holder of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall
be entitled to give the notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Designated First Lien
Indebtedness of such Guarantor has a Representative, only such Representative shall be entitled to
give the notice.

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled to hold Designated First
Lien Indebtedness of a Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The
Note Registrar and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee
shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article Fifteen with respect to any
Designated First Lien Indebtedness of a Guarantor which may at any time be held by it, to the same
extent as any other holder of such Designated First Lien Indebtedness; and nothing in Article Five
shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article Fifteen
shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 607 hereof or
any other Section of this Indenture.

          SECTION 1510. Distribution or Notice to Representative.

          Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Designated First Lien
Indebtedness of a Guarantor, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their
Representative (if any).

-89-

 

          SECTION 1511. Article Fifteen Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Demand
Payment.

          The failure of a Guarantor to make a payment pursuant to its Guarantee by reason of any
provision in this Article Fifteen shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a default
by such Guarantor under its Guarantee. Nothing in this Article Fifteen shall have any effect on
the right of the Holders or the Trustee to make a demand for payment on a Guarantor pursuant to
Article Twelve hereof.

          SECTION 1512. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated.

          Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds
of Government Securities held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest
on the Notes pursuant to Article Four hereof shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any
Designated First Lien Indebtedness of any Guarantor or subject to the restrictions set forth in
this Article Fifteen, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to
such Guarantor or any holder of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of such Guarantor or any other
creditor of such Guarantor, provided that the subordination provisions of this Article Fifteen were
not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to Article Four
hereof.

          SECTION 1513. Trustee Entitled To Rely.

          Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Fifteen, the Trustee and the Holders
shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in
which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 1502 hereof are pending, (b) upon a
certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution
to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon the Representatives of Designated First Lien
Indebtedness of a Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in
such payment or distribution, the holders of such Designated First Lien Indebtedness and other
Indebtedness of such Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid
or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Fifteen. In the
event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the
right of any Person as a holder of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of a Guarantor to participate
in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Fifteen, the Trustee shall be entitled to
request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the
amount of such Designated First Lien Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such
Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the
rights of such Person under this Article Fifteen, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the
Trustee shall be entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to
the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 601 and 603 hereof
shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article
Fifteen.

          SECTION 1514. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination.

          A Holder by its acceptance of a Note agrees to be bound by this Article Fifteen and authorizes
and expressly directs the Trustee, on his behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or
appropriate to effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Designated First
Lien Indebtedness of a Guarantor as provided in this Article Fifteen and appoints the Trustee as
attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

          SECTION 1515. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of
Guarantors.

          The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Designated First
Lien Indebtedness of a Guarantor and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly
pay over or distribute to Holders or such Guarantor or any other Person, money or assets to which
any holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled by virtue of
this Article Fifteen or otherwise.

-90-

 

          SECTION 1516. Reliance by Holders of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of a Guarantor on
Subordination Provisions.

          Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination
provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any
Designated First Lien Indebtedness of a Guarantor, whether such Designated First Lien Indebtedness
was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold,
or to continue to hold, such Designated First Lien Indebtedness and such holder of such Designated
First Lien Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination
provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Designated First
Lien Indebtedness.

          Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of
Designated First Lien Indebtedness of a Guarantor may, at any time and from time to time, without
the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders, without incurring responsibility to the
Trustee or the Holders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this
Article Fifteen or the obligations hereunder of the Holders to the holders of Designated First Lien
Indebtedness of such Guarantor, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place
or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Designated First Lien
Indebtedness of such Guarantor, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Designated First
Lien Indebtedness of such Guarantor, or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under
which Designated First Lien Indebtedness of such Guarantor is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange,
release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Designated
First Lien Indebtedness of such Guarantor; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the
payment or collection of Designated First Lien Indebtedness of such Guarantor; and (iv) exercise or
refrain from exercising any rights against such Guarantor and any other Person.

-91-

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all
as of the day and year first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CLEARWIRE COMMUNICATIONS LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Hope F. Cochran
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance &
Treasurer 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CLEARWIRE FINANCE, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Hope F. Cochran
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance &
Treasurer 	 

[Exchangeable Notes Indenture]

S-1

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	GUARANTORS:

CLEARWIRE LEGACY LLC and CLEARWIRE XOHM LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	Clearwire Communications, LLC, as manager
 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Hope F. Cochran	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance & Treasurer	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CLEAR WIRELESS, LLC, CLEARWIRE
SPECTRUM 
HOLDINGS III LLC, CLEARWIRE US LLC 
and CLEAR MANAGEMENT SERVICES
LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	Clearwire Communications, LLC, as member
 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Hope F. Cochran	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance & Treasurer	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CLEAR GLOBAL SERVICES LLC and CLEAR 
PARTNER HOLDINGS
LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	Clear Wireless LLC, as member
 	 
	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Hope F. Cochran	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance & Treasurer	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	BILLING LEGACY LLC, CLEARWIRE 
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
SERVICES, LLC,

 CLEARMEDIA, LLC, FIXED WIRELESS

HOLDINGS, LLC, CLEARWIRE SPECTRUM

 HOLDINGS II LLC and
CLEARWIRE SPECTRUM
 HOLDINGS LLC
 	 
	 
	 	By:  	Clearwire Legacy LLC, as member
 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Hope F. Cochran	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance & Treasurer	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WINBEAM LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	Clearwire US LLC, as member
 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Hope F. Cochran	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance & Treasurer	 

[Exchangeable Notes Indenture]

S-2

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 

	 

	 	AMERICAN TELECASTING DEVELOPMENT, LLC, AMERICAN
TELECASTING OF ANCHORAGE, LLC, AMERICAN TELECASTING
OF BEND, LLC, FRESNO MMDS ASSOCIATES, LLC, AMERICAN
TELECASTING OF COLUMBUS, LLC, AMERICAN TELECASTING OF
DENVER, LLC, AMERICAN TELECASTING OF FORT MYERS, LLC,
AMERICAN TELECASTING OF FT. COLLINS, LLC, AMERICAN
TELECASTING OF GREEN BAY, LLC, AMERICAN TELECASTING
OF LANSING, LLC, AMERICAN TELECASTING OF LINCOLN,
LLC, AMERICAN TELECASTING LITTLE ROCK, LLC, AMERICAN
TELECASTING OF LOUISVILLE, LLC, AMERICAN TELECASTING
OF MEDFORD, LLC, AMERICAN TELECASTING OF MICHIANA,
LLC, AMERICAN TELECASTING OF MONTEREY, LLC, AMERICAN
TELECASTING OF REDDING, LLC, AMERICAN TELECASTING OF
SANTA BARBARA, LLC, AMERICAN TELECASTING OF SEATTLE,
LLC, AMERICAN TELECASTING OF SHERIDAN, LLC, AMERICAN
TELECASTING OF YUBA CITY, LLC, ATI OF SANTA ROSA,
LLC, ATI SUB, LLC, NSAC, LLC, ALDA WIRELESS HOLDINGS,
LLC, PCTV GOLD II, LLC, PCTV OF SALT LAKE CITY, LLC,
PCTV SUB, LLC, PEOPLE’S CHOICE TV OF ALBUQUERQUE,
LLC, PEOPLE’S CHOICE TV OF HOUSTON, LLC, PEOPLE’S
CHOICE TV OF ST. LOUIS, LLC, SPEEDCHOICE OF DETROIT,
LLC, SPEEDCHOICE OF PHOENIX, LLC, ATL MDS, LLC, BAY
AREA CABLEVISION, LLC, BROADCAST CABLE, LLC, SCC X,
LLC, SPRINT (BAY AREA), LLC, TDI ACQUISITION SUB,
LLC, TRANSWORLD TELECOM II, LLC, WAVEPATH SUB, LLC,
WBS OF AMERICA, LLC, WBS OF SACRAMENTO, LLC, WBSY
LICENSING, LLC, WBSFP LICENSING, LLC, WCOF, LLC,
WIRELESS BROADBAND SERVICES OF AMERICA, LLC and
KENNEWICK LICENSING, LLC

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	         Clearwire XOHM LLC, as manager
 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	         /s/ Hope F. Cochran
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance &
Treasurer 	 

[Exchangeable Notes Indenture]

S-3

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB,

as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Jane Schweiger
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Jane Schweiger 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 

[Exchangeable Notes Indenture]

S-4

 

Guarantors

Clearwire Legacy LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

Clearwire XOHM LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

Fixed Wireless Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

Alda Wireless Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting Development, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Anchorage, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Bend, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Columbus, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Denver, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Fort Myers, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Ft. Collins, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Green Bay, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Lansing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Lincoln, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Little Rock, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Louisville, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Medford, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Michiana, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Monterey, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Redding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Santa Barbara, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Seattle, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Sheridan, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

American Telecasting of Yuba City, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

ATI of Santa Rosa, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

ATI Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

ATL MDS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

Bay Area Cablevision, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

Broadcast Cable, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

Fresno MMDS Associates, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

Kennewick Licensing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

NSAC, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

PCTV Gold II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

PCTV of Salt Lake City, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

PCTV Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

People’s Choice TV of Albuquerque, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

People’s Choice TV of Houston, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

People’s Choice TV of St. Louis, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

SCC X, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

SpeedChoice of Detroit, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

SpeedChoice of Phoenix, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

Sprint (Bay Area), LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

TDI Acquisition Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

Transworld Telecom II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

Wavepath Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

WBSFP Licensing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

WBS of America, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

WBS of Sacramento, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

WBSY Licensing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

WCOF, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

Wireless Broadband Services of America, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

Billing Legacy LLC, a Missouri limited liability company;

ClearMedia, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company;

Subsidiary Guarantors-1

 

 

Clearwire US LLC, a Nevada limited liability company;

Clearwire Spectrum Holdings LLC, a Nevada limited liability company;

Clearwire Spectrum Holdings II LLC, a Nevada limited liability company;

Clearwire Spectrum Holdings III LLC, a Nevada limited liability company;

Clearwire Telecommunications Services, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company;

Clear Global Services LLC, a Nevada limited liability company;

Clear Partner Holdings LLC, a Nevada limited liability company;

Clear Wireless LLC, a Nevada limited liability company;

Winbeam LLC, a Nevada limited liability company; and

Clear Management Services, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

Subsidiary Guarantors-2

 

 

EXHIBIT A

[FACE OF NOTE]

CLEARWIRE COMMUNICATIONS LLC

and

CLEARWIRE FINANCE, INC.

8.25% Exchangeable Note due 2040

			
	No.
	 	CUSIP No.

$

          CLEARWIRE COMMUNICATIONS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”) and
CLEARWIRE FINANCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Finance Co” and, together with the Company, the
“Issuers,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to),
for value received, promise to pay to Cede & Co., or its
registered assigns, the principal sum of             
Dollars ($           ), on December 1, 2040.

	 	 	 

	Interest Rate:

	 	8.25% per annum.
	Interest Payment Dates:

	 	June 1 and December 1 of each year commencing June 1, 2011.
	Regular Record Dates:

	 	May 15 and November 15 of each year.

          Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse
hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at
this place.

A-1

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by
its duly authorized officers.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CLEARWIRE COMMUNICATIONS LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	CLEARWIRE FINANCE, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

A-2

 

	 	 	 	 	 

(Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication)

          This is one of the 8.25% Exchangeable Notes due 2040 referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

Dated: _______________

A-3

 

[REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

CLEARWIRE COMMUNICATIONS LLC

and

CLEARWIRE FINANCE, INC.

8.25% Exchangeable Note due 2040

1. Principal and Interest; Subordination.

          The Issuers will pay the principal of this Note on December 1, 2040.

          The Issuers promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note on each Interest
Payment Date, as set forth below, at the rate of 8.25% per annum (subject to adjustment as provided
below).

          Interest will be payable semi-annually (to the Holders of record of the Notes (or any
Predecessor Notes) at the close of business on May 15 or November 15 immediately preceding the
Interest Payment Date) on each Interest Payment Date, commencing June 1, 2011.

          Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid
or, if no interest has been paid, from December 8, 2010; provided that, if there is no existing
default in the payment of interest and if this Note is authenticated between a Regular Record Date
referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue
from such Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months.

          The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and interest on
overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at a rate per annum equal to the rate of
interest applicable to the Notes plus one percent.

          The payment of all Obligations owing in respect of the Notes is subordinated in right of
payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in Article Fourteen of the Indenture, to the
prior payment in full of all existing and future Designated First Lien Indebtedness of the Issuers
and the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Designated First
Lien Indebtedness.

2. Method of Payment.

          The Issuers will pay interest (except defaulted interest) on the principal amount of the Notes
on each June 1 and December 1 to the Persons who are Holders (as reflected in the Note Register at
the close of business on May 15 and November 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date),
in each case, even if the Note is cancelled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange
after such Regular Record Date; provided that, with respect to the payment of principal, the
Issuers will make payment to the Holder that surrenders this Note to any Paying Agent on or after
December 1, 2040.

          The Issuers will pay principal (premium, if any) and interest in money of the United States
that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the
Issuers may pay principal (premium, if any) and interest by its check payable in such money. The
Issuers may pay interest on the Notes either (a) by mailing a check for such interest to a Holder’s
registered address (as reflected in the Note Register) or (b) by wire transfer to an account
located in the United States maintained by the payee. If a payment date is a date other than a
Business Day at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day
that is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

A-4

 

3. Paying Agent, Exchange Agent and Note Registrar.

          Initially, the Trustee will act as Paying Agent, Exchange Agent and Note Registrar. The
Issuers may change any Paying Agent, Exchange Agent or Note Registrar upon written notice thereto.
The Issuers, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of them may act as Paying Agent, Exchange
Agent, Note Registrar or co-registrar.

4. Indenture; Limitations.

          The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of December 8, 2010 (the
“Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee (the
“Trustee”). Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise
indicated. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the
Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and
Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of all such
terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the
terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall control.

5. Redemption.

          The Issuers shall have the right to redeem the Notes for cash, in whole or in part, at any
time or from time to time, on or after December 1, 2017 upon the notice set forth in Section 1105
at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus unpaid
interest, if any, accrued thereon to, but excluding, the Redemption Date; provided, however that if
the Redemption Date falls after a Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment
Date, the Issuer will pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on such Interest
Payment Date to the Holder of record at the Close of Business on the corresponding Regular Record
Date (instead of the Holder surrendering its Notes for redemption) and the Redemption Price shall
be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed.

          The Notes are not subject to redemption through the operation of any sinking fund.

6. Repurchase.

          Repurchase of Notes at Option of the Holders on Specified Dates. At the option of the
Holder thereof, Notes shall be repurchased by the Issuers for cash in accordance with the
provisions herein on each of December 1, 2017, December 1, 2025, December 1, 2030 or December 1,
2035 at a repurchase price per Note equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
being repurchased, together with any accrued and unpaid interest up to, but not including, such Put
Right Repurchase Date, unless the Put Right Repurchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date but
on or prior to the Interest Payment Date to which such Regular Record Date relates, in which case
the Issuers shall instead pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest to Holders of record
as of the preceding Regular Record Date and the Put Right Repurchase Price shall be equal to 100%
of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased.

          Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change. If a Fundamental Change
occurs at any time, each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the
Issuers to repurchase all of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion thereof that is equal to $1,000 or
an integral multiple of $1,000, on the date specified by the Issuers that is not less than 20
calendar days nor more than 35 calendar days (or such longer period required by law) following the
date of the Fundamental Change Issuer Notice at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change
Repurchase Date, unless the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date
but on or prior to the Interest Payment Date to which such Regular Record Date relates, in which
case the Issuers shall instead pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest to Holders of
record as of the preceding Regular Record Date and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price shall be
equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased.

A-5

 

7. Exchange.

          Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of the Indenture, each Holder of a Note
shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to exchange all or any portion (if the portion to be
exchanged is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) of such Note at any time
prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, at an
initial exchange rate of 141.2429 shares of Common Stock (equivalent to an initial exchange price
of approximately $7.08 per share) (subject to adjustment as provided in the Indenture) per $1,000
principal amount of Notes (subject to the settlement provisions in 1302, Sections 1303 and 1304 of
the Indenture). The Issuers shall settle each exchange of Notes in cash or shares of Common Stock,
at the Issuers’ option. The Issuers shall not issue any fractional share of Common Stock upon
exchange of the Notes and shall instead pay cash in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock
issuable upon exchange based on the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on the last day of
the applicable Observation Period.

8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

          The Notes are in registered form without coupons, in minimum denominations of $1,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of
Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Note Registrar may require a Holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees
required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Note Registrar need not register the transfer
or exchange of any Notes selected for redemption (except the unredeemed portion of any Note being
redeemed in part).

8. Persons Deemed Owners.

          A registered Holder may be treated as the owner of a Note for all purposes.

9. Unclaimed Money.

          If money for the payment of principal (premium, if any) or interest remains unclaimed for two
years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Issuers at their written
request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment, unless an
abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying
Agent with respect to such money shall cease.

10. Discharge Prior to Redemption, Repurchase, Exchange or Maturity.

          If the Issuers irrevocably deposit, or cause to be deposited, with the Trustee money or
Government Securities sufficient to pay the then outstanding principal of (premium, if any) and
accrued interest on the Notes to Redemption, Repurchase, Exchange or Maturity Date, the Issuers
will be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, except in certain
circumstances for certain covenants thereof.

11. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver.

          Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with
the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding
Notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of
the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes. Without notice
to or the consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the
Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency and make any change that
does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

12. Successor Persons.

          When a successor Person or other entity assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under
the Notes and the Indenture, the predecessor Person will be released from those obligations.

A-6

 

13. Remedies for Events of Default.

          If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or
the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes
to be immediately due and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the
Issuers or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary occurs and is continuing, the Notes
automatically become immediately due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the
Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity reasonably
satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations,
Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may direct
the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.

14. Guarantees.

          The Issuers’ obligations under the Notes are fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed
on a senior basis, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the Guarantors. Each
Guarantee is expressly subordinated to Designated First Lien Indebtedness as described in Article
Fifteen of the Indenture.

15. Trustee Dealings with Issuers.

          The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner
or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for, and
otherwise deal with, the Issuers and their Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

16. Authentication.

          This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee signs the certificate of authentication on the
other side of this Note.

17. Abbreviations.

          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM
(= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to
Minors Act).

          The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture. Requests may be made to CLEARWIRE COMMUNICATIONS LLC, 4400 Carillon Point, Kirkland,
Washington 98033, Attention: General Counsel, or CLEARWIRE FINANCE, INC., 4400 Carillon Point,
Kirkland, Washington 98033, Attention: General Counsel.

A-7

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

 

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for
him.

Date:                                         

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	Your Signature: 	
 	 
	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) 	 
	 	 	 	 

Signature Guarantee*:                                         

 

			
	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature
guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-8

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

          The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note
or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an
interest in this Global Note, have been made:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Principal Amount	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Amount of decrease	 	Amount of increase	 	of this Global Note	 	Signature of authorized
	 	 	 	 	in Principal Amount	 	in Principal Amount	 	following such	 	signatory of Trustee
	Date of Exchange	 	of this Global Note	 	of this Global Note	 	decrease (or increase)	 	or Custodian

 

			
	*	 	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-9

 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Clearwire Communications LLC

4400 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033

Clearwire Finance, Inc.

4400 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033

Wilmington Trust FSB

Corporate Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Fax: (612) 217-5651

Attention: Clearwire Communications LLC

     Administrator

Re: 8.25% Exchangeable Notes due 2040

          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 8, 2010 (the “Indenture”),
among Clearwire Communications LLC (the “Company”), Clearwire Finance, Inc. (“Finance Co,” and
together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust FSB,
as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in
the Indenture.

                    (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s]
specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Transfer”), to (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the
Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a
Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to
and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or
Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is
purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more
accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person
and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the
proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial
interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and
in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

2. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global
Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly,
the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the
United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the
United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and
believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in,
on

B-1

 

or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor
nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the
United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements
of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is
not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv)
if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the
transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other
than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to
the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S
Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. o Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation
S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to
beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and
in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of
the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

     (a) o such Transfer is being effected to the Issuers or a subsidiary thereof;

or

     (b) o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act.

Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions
on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive
Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Issuers.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	[Insert Name of Transferor] 	 
	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

Dated:                                         

B-2

 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

	 	1.	 	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

	 	(i)	 	o a beneficial interest in the:

	 	(i)	 	o 144A Global Note (CUSIP     ), or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP     ), or

	 	(b)	 	o a Restricted Definitive Note.

	 	2.	 	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

	 	(a)	 	o a beneficial interest in the:

	 	(i)	 	o 144A Global Note (CUSIP     ), or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP     ), or

	 	(b)	 	o a Restricted Definitive Note,

	 	 	 	in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-3

 

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Clearwire Communications LLC

4400 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033

Clearwire Finance, Inc.

4400 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033

Wilmington Trust FSB

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Re: 8.25% Exchangeable Notes due 2040

(CUSIP          )

          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 8, 2010 (the “Indenture”),
among Clearwire Communications LLC (the “Company”), Clearwire Finance, Inc. (“Finance Co,” and
together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust FSB,
as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in
the Indenture.

                    , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s]
specified herein, in the principal amount of $        in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In
connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

          1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global
Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

          (a) o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted
Definitive Note, In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner
hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account
without transfer, Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and
in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

          (b) o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note, In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note
for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note with
an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired
for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws
of any state of the United States, Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note
and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Issuers.

C-1

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	[Insert Name of Transferor] 	 
	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

Dated:                                         

C-2

 

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

          SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated
 as of           , 20 , among (the “New
Guarantor”), a subsidiary of (or its permitted successor), a [Delaware] corporation (the
“Company”), Clearwire Communications LLC and Clearwire Finance, Inc. (and together with the
Company, the “Issuers”) and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below
(the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

          WHEREAS, the Issuers have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the
“Indenture”), dated as of December 8, 2010 providing for the issuance of 8.25% Exchangeable Notes
due 2040 (the “Notes”);

          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the New Guarantor shall
execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor
shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture
on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Guarantee”); and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and
deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor and the Trustee
mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as
follows:

          1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

          2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The New Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

     (a) The New Guarantor hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such
will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a
Guarantor under the Indenture. The New Guarantor agrees to be bound by all of the provisions
of the Indenture applicable to a Guarantor and to perform all of the obligations and
agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

     (b) The New Guarantor agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing
Guarantors, to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes
and the Trustee the Obligations pursuant to Article Twelve of the Indenture on a senior
basis.

          3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee,
incorporator, stockholder or agent of the New Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any
obligations of the Issuers or any New Guarantor under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture
or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases
all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the
Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and
it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

          4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK.

D-1

 

          5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.
Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

          6. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not
affect the construction hereof.

          7. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in
respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the
recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the New Guarantor and the
Issuers.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated: ____________, 20___

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	[NEW GUARANTOR]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	CLEARWIRE COMMUNICATIONS LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	CLEARWIRE FINANCE, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 

D-2

 

EXHIBIT E

INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE

          The
undersigned,        , being the            of          (the “Issuers”) does
hereby certify that the individuals listed below are qualified and acting officers of the Issuers
as set forth in the right column opposite their respective names and the signatures appearing in
the extreme right column opposite the name of each such officer is a true specimen of the genuine
signature of such officer and such individuals have the authority to execute documents to be
delivered to, or upon the request of, Wilmington Trust FSB as Trustee under the Indenture dated as
of      , 20 , by and between the Issuers and Wilmington Trust FSB.

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Name	 	Title	 	Signature	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 	 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Certificate as of the
day of      , 20 .

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	
 	 
	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

E-1

 

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF NOTICE OF EXCHANGE

Clearwire Communications LLC

4400 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033

Clearwire Finance, Inc.

4400 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033

Wilmington Trust FSB

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

          The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby exercises the option to exchange this
Note, or the portion hereof (that is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) below
designated, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Note, and directs
that any cash payable and any shares of Common Stock issuable and deliverable upon such exchange,
and any Notes representing any unexchanged principal amount hereof, be issued and delivered to the
registered Holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below. If any shares of Common
Stock or any portion of this Note not exchanged are to be issued in the name of a Person other than
the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all transfer or similar taxes in accordance with Section
1303 of the Indenture.

          The undersigned hereby certifies that [CHECK ONE OF (1), (2) OR (3)]:

     (1) o The beneficial owner of the Note(s) upon whose behalf the option to
exchange is being made is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the
meaning of Rule 144A or the Note(s) are being exchanged for one or more
accounts by a Person who exercises sole investment discretion and such
Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the
meaning of Rule 144A;

     (2)  o The beneficial owner of the Note(s) upon whose behalf the option to
exchange is being made is a “non-U.S. person” within the meaning of
Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

     (3)  o Neither of the foregoing.

The undersigned agrees to provide to the Issuers additional information upon request to
enable the Issuers to determine whether the issuance of Common Stock, if any, upon
settlement of the exchange qualifies for an exemption from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act.

Dated: ___________

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Signature(s)	 	 	 	 

F-1

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Signature Guarantee	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible
Guarantor Institution (banks, stock brokers, savings
and loan associations and credit unions) with
membership in an approved signature guarantee
medallion program pursuant to Securities and Exchange
Commission Rule 17Ad-15 if shares of Common Stock are
to be issued, or Notes are to be delivered, other than
to and in the name of the registered holder. Fill in
for registration of shares if to be issued, and Notes
if to be delivered, other than to and in the name of
the registered holder:	 	 

Please print name and address:

					
	 	
 	 
	 	
 	 
	 	(Name) 	 
	 	 	 
	 	
 	 
	 	 	 
	 	
 	 
	 	(Street Address) 	 
	 	 	 
	 	
 	 
	 	 	 
	 	
 	 
	 	(City, State and Zip Code) 	 
	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	Principal amount to be exchanged (if less than all):
$______.000	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s)
hereof must correspond with the name as written upon
the face of the Note in every particular without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification
Number	 	 

F-2

 

EXHIBIT G

FORM OF REPURCHASE NOTICE

Clearwire Communications LLC

4400 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033

Clearwire Finance, Inc.

4400 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033

Wilmington Trust FSB

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

          The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby acknowledges receipt of a notice from
Clearwire Communications LLC and Clearwire Finance, Inc. (collectively, the “Issuers”) regarding
the right of Holders to elect to require the Issuers to repurchase the Notes and requests and
instructs the Issuers to pay to the registered holder hereof in accordance with the applicable
provisions of the Indenture referred to in this Note (1) the entire principal amount of this Note,
as the case may be, or the portion thereof (that is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple
thereof) below designated, and (2) with respect to a Fundamental Change, if such Fundamental Change
Repurchase Date does not fall during the period after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the
corresponding Interest Payment Date, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but
excluding, such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date.

          In the case of Definitive Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be repurchased are as
set forth below:

Dated: ________________

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

Signature(s)
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Social Security or Other Taxpayer

Identification Number	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Principal amount to be repaid (if less than all):

$______.000	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must
 correspond with
the name as written upon the face of the Note
 in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any 
change whatever.
	 	 
	 	 

G-1exv4w3

Exhibit 4.3

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

     THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) is made and entered into as of December
8, 2010 among CLEARWIRE CORPORATION, a Delaware Corporation (the “Parent” ), CLEARWIRE
COMMUNICATIONS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company” ), and CLEARWIRE FINANCE,
INC., a Delaware corporation (“Finance Co” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the
entities listed on Schedule 2 to the Purchase Agreement (the “Guarantors”) and J.P. MORGAN
SECURITIES LLC, as representative (the “Representative”) of the several initial purchasers listed
on Schedule 1 to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (the “Initial Purchasers”).

     The Issuers, the Parent, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers are parties to a Purchase
Agreement, dated December 3, 2010 (the “Purchase Agreement” ), which provides for (i) the sale by
the Issuers to the Initial Purchasers of $650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’
8.25% Exchangeable Notes due 2040 (the “Firm Notes”), and (ii) the grant of an option by the
Issuers to the Initial Purchasers to purchase up to an additional $100,000,000 principal amount of
the Issuers’ 8.25% Exchangeable Notes due 2040 (the “Additional Notes”). The Firm Notes and the
Additional Notes are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Notes.”

     In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, each of the
Issuers, the Guarantors and the Parent has agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their
respective direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.

     In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective
meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following
capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

     “Advice” shall have the meaning set forth in the last paragraph of Section 3 hereof.

     “Affiliate” has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 under the Securities Act or
any successor rule thereunder.

     “Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a Registration Statement filed by a
Well-Known Seasoned Issuer which shall become effective upon filing thereof pursuant to General
Instruction I.D of Form S-3.

     “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which banking
institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain
closed.

     “Common Shares” means the shares of common stock of the Parent, par value $0.0001 per share,
deliverable at the Issuers’ option upon exchange of the Notes.

     “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and also includes
the Company’s successors and permitted assigns.

 

     “Closing Time” shall mean the Closing Time as defined in the Purchase Agreement.

     “Effective Date” shall mean the date the initial Shelf Registration Statement becomes
effective or, in the case of designation of an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement as the Shelf
Registration Statement, the date a Prospectus is first made available thereunder for use by the
Holders.

     “Effectiveness Deadline” shall mean the 180th day following the Issue Date.

     “Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iv) hereof.

     “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time,
and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

     “Filing Deadline” shall mean the 90th day following the Issue Date.

     “Finance Co” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and also
includes the Finance Co’s successors and permitted assigns.

     “FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

     “Holder” shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as the Initial Purchasers own any
Registrable Securities, and the Initial Purchasers’ respective successors, assigns and direct and
indirect transferees who become registered owners of Registrable Securities.

     “Indemnified Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c) hereof.

     “Indemnifying Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c) hereof.

     “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture dated as of December 8, 2010 between the Issuers, the
Guarantors and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Notes are being issued, and in accordance with
which the Common Shares may be issued, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or
otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

     “Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

     “Inspectors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(j) hereof.

     “Issue Date” shall mean December 8, 2010, the date of original issuance of the Notes.

     “Liquidated Damages” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.

     “Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders collectively holding a majority of the aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes or the number of outstanding Common Shares, as the context
requires.

     “Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

-2-

 

     “Parent” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and also includes
the Parent’s successors and permitted assigns.

     “Person” shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, trust or unincorporated
organization, limited liability corporation, or a government or agency or political subdivision
thereof.

     “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in a Shelf Registration Statement, including
any preliminary prospectus, any issuer “free writing prospectus,” as such term is defined in Rule
433 under the 1933 Act, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus
supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any
portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other
amendments and supplements to a prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and, in each case,
including all documents incorporated by reference therein.

     “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

     “Questionnaire” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.

     “Records” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(j) hereof.

     “Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.

     “Registrable Securities” shall mean the Common Shares; provided, however, that the Common
Shares shall cease to be Registrable Securities upon the earliest of (l) a Shelf Registration
Statement with respect to such Common Shares for the resale thereof having been declared effective
under the Securities Act and such Common Shares having been disposed of pursuant to such Shelf
Registration Statement, (2) such Common Shares having become eligible to be sold without
restriction as contemplated by Rule 144 under the Securities Act by a Person who is not an
Affiliate of either Issuer or the Parent, or (3) such Common Shares having ceased to be
outstanding.

     “Registration Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or
compliance by the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Parent with this Agreement, including without
limitation: (i) all SEC or FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred
in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and
disbursements of one counsel for Holders as a group (which counsel shall be selected by the
Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers) in connection
with blue sky qualification of any of the Registrable Securities) and compliance with the rules of
FINRA, (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing,
printing and distributing any Shelf Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any amendments or
supplements thereto, and in preparing or assisting in preparing, printing and distributing any
securities sales agreements and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with
this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) the reasonable fees and disbursements of the
Trustee and its counsel, (vi) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuers, the
Guarantors, the Parent and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the reasonable fees and
disbursements of one counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be selected by

-3-

 

the Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers), (vii)
the fees and disbursements of the independent certified public accountants of the Issuers, the
Guarantors and the Parent, including the expenses of any “comfort” letters required by or incident
to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, and (viii) the reasonable fees and
expenses of any special experts retained by the Issuers, the Guarantors or the Parent in connection
with the Shelf Registration Statement.

     “Representative” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

     “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

     “Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

     “Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Parent
pursuant to the provisions of Section 2(a) hereof which covers Registrable Securities on Form S-3
or, if not then available to the Parent, on another appropriate form under Rule 415 under the
Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and
supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case
including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all documents incorporated by
reference therein.

     “Suspension Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iv).

     “Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Notes under the Indenture.

     “Well-Known Seasoned Issuer” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities
Act.

     2. Registration Under the Securities Act.

     (a) Shelf Registration.

          (i) The Parent shall file or cause to be filed (or otherwise designate an existing Shelf
Registration Statement previously filed with the SEC, if applicable, as) a Shelf Registration
Statement providing for the sale by the Holders of all of the Registrable Securities, as promptly
as practicable but in any event on or prior to the Filing Deadline. If the Shelf Registration
Statement is not an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, the Parent shall use its reasonable
best efforts to have such Shelf Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC as promptly as
practicable after filing thereof, but in any event on or prior to the Effectiveness Deadline. If
the Shelf Registration Statement is an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, the Parent shall use
its reasonable best efforts to prepare and file a supplement to the Prospectus to cover resales of
the Registrable Securities by the Holders as promptly as practicable after filing thereof, but in
any event on or prior to the Effectiveness Deadline.

          (ii) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, no Holder of Registrable Securities shall be
entitled to include any of its Registrable Securities in any Shelf Registration

-4-

 

Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder agrees in writing to be
bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder and the Holder furnishes
to the Issuers and the Parent a fully completed notice and questionnaire in the form attached
hereto as Appendix A (the “Questionnaire”) and such other information in writing as the
Issuers and the Parent may reasonably request in writing for use in connection with the Shelf
Registration Statement or Prospectus included therein and in any application to be filed with or
under state securities laws. Each of the Issuers and the Parent shall issue a press release
through a reputable national newswire service of its filing (or intention to designate an Automatic
Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, as) the Shelf Registration Statement and of the
anticipated Effective Date thereof. In order to be named as a selling securityholder in the
Prospectus at the time it is first made available for use, each Holder must furnish the completed
Questionnaire and such other information that the Issuers and the Parent may reasonably request in
writing, if any, to the Issuers and the Parent in writing no later than the tenth Business Day
prior to the anticipated Effective Date as announced in the press release. Each Holder as to which
any Shelf Registration is being effected agrees to furnish to the Issuers and the Parent all
information with respect to such Holder necessary to make the information previously furnished to
the Issuers and the Parent by such Holder not materially misleading.

          (iii) From and after the Effective Date, upon receipt of a completed Questionnaire and such
other information that the Issuers and the Parent may reasonably request in writing, if any, each
of the Issuers and the Parent will use its reasonable best efforts to file as promptly as
reasonably practicable but in any event on or prior to the tenth Business Day after receipt of such
information (or, if a Suspension Period is then in effect or initiated within five Business Day
following the date of receipt of such information, the tenth Business Day following the end of such
Suspension Period) either (i) if then permitted by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations
thereunder (or then-current SEC interpretations thereof), a supplement to the Prospectus naming
such Holder as a selling securityholder and containing such other information as necessary to
permit such Holder to deliver the Prospectus to purchasers of the Holder’s Common Shares, or (ii)
if it is not then permitted under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder (or
then-current SEC interpretations thereof) to name such Holder as a selling securityholder in a
supplement to the Prospectus, a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or an
additional Shelf Registration Statement as necessary for such Holder to be named as a selling
securityholder in the Prospectus contained therein to permit such Holder to deliver the Prospectus
to purchasers of the Holder’s Common Shares (subject, in the case of either clause (i) or clause
(ii), to the Issuers’ and the Parent’s right to suspend use of the Shelf Registration Statement as
described in Section 2(a)(iv) hereof). The Issuers and the Parent shall not be required to file
more than three supplements to the Prospectus, post-effective amendments or additional
Shelf-Registration Statements in any fiscal quarter for all Holders.

          (iv) The Parent agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration
Statement continuously effective and the Prospectus usable for resales until there are no
Registrable Securities outstanding (the “Effectiveness Period” ); provided, however, that for an
aggregate of 45 days or less (whether or not consecutive) in any three-month period, and for an
aggregate of 90 days or less (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period, the Issuers and
the Parent shall be permitted, by giving written notice to the Holders of Registrable Securities,
to suspend sales thereof if the Shelf Registration Statement is no longer effective or usable for
resales due to circumstances relating to pending corporate developments, public filings with the

-5-

 

SEC and similar events, or because the Prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material
fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make
statements therein not misleading (any period of suspension hereunder, a “Suspension Period”). The
Issuers and the Parent need not specify the nature of the event giving rise to a suspension in any
notice to Holders of the existence of such a suspension. Each Holder, by its accepting of the
Notes, agrees to hold any such suspension notice in response to a notice of a proposed sale in
confidence. However, if the disclosure giving rise to a Suspension Period relates to a proposed or
pending material business transaction, the disclosure of which the board of directors of the Parent
determines in good faith would be reasonably likely to impede the Parent’s ability to consummate
such transaction, or would otherwise be seriously detrimental to the Parent and its subsidiaries
taken as whole, the Issuers and the Parent may extend the Suspension Period from 45 days to 60 days
in any three-month period or from 90 days to 120 days in any 12-month period. If any Shelf
Registration Statement ceases to be effective or usable for resales by Holders for any reason
(other than by reason of any such Holder’s failure to provide a Questionnaire, in which case the
provisions of Section 2(a)(ii) or 2(a)(iii) hereof shall apply) at any time during the
Effectiveness Period, each of the Issuers and the Parent shall, subject to the proviso above
relating to Suspension Periods, use its reasonable best efforts to promptly cause such Shelf
Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act, and in any event shall, within
ten Business Days of such cessation of effectiveness or usability (or if applicable after the end
of the Suspension Period), (i) file with the SEC one or more supplements to the Prospectus,
post-effective amendments or reports under the Exchange Act in a manner reasonably expected to
obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration
Statement, or (ii) file with the SEC an additional Shelf Registration Statement. If a
post-effective amendment or an additional Shelf Registration Statement is filed, Parent shall use
its reasonable best efforts to (A) cause such post-effective amendment or Shelf Registration
Statement to become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable after such
filing, but in no event later than 30 days, in the case of a post-effective amendment, and 60 days,
in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, after the date Parent is required to file such
post-effective amendment or new Shelf Registration Statement, and (B) keep such post-effective
amendment or Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the end of the Effectiveness
Period.

          (v) If the Shelf Registration Statement is not an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, the
Issuers and the Parent shall not permit any securities other than (i) the Parent’s issued and
outstanding securities currently possessing registration rights and (ii) the Registrable Securities
to be included in the Shelf Registration. The Issuers and the Parent will provide to each Holder
named therein a reasonable number of copies of the Prospectus which is a part of the Shelf
Registration Statement, notify each such Holder of the Effective Date and take such other actions
as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. Each
of the Issuers and the Parent further agrees to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration
Statement or supplement the Prospectus if and as required by the rules, regulations or instructions
applicable to the registration form used by the Issuers and the Parent for such Shelf Registration
Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder for shelf
registrations, and each of the Issuers and the Parent agrees to furnish to the Holders of
Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or
filed with the SEC.

-6-

 

     (b) Listing. The Parent will use reasonable efforts to cause the Common Shares issuable upon
exchange of the Notes to be listed or otherwise eligible for full trading privileges on the
principal national securities exchange (currently the NASDAQ Global Select Market) on which the
Common Shares are then listed, in each case not later than the date on which a Registration
Statement covering such shares becomes effective or such shares are issued by the Parent to a
Holder, whichever is later. The Parent will promptly notify the Holders of, and confirm in
writing, the delisting of the Common Shares by such exchange.

     (c) Expenses. The Issuers, the Guarantors and the Parent shall, jointly and severally, pay
all Registration Expenses in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to
Section 2(a) hereof. The Holders shall bear all discounts or commissions attributable to the sale
of Registrable Securities by the Holders, or any legal fees and expenses of counsel to the Holders
and any broker/dealer or other financial intermediary or agent engaged by Holders and all other
expenses incurred in connection with the performance by the Holders of their obligations under the
terms of this Agreement.

     (d) Effective Shelf Registration Statement. If, after the Effective Date the offering of
Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop
order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or
court, such Shelf Registration Statement will be deemed not to have been effective during the
period of such interference, until the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf
Registration Statement may legally resume. Each of the Issuers and the Parent will be deemed not
to have used its reasonable best efforts to cause a Shelf Registration Statement to become, or to
remain, effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result
in any such Shelf Registration Statement not being declared effective or that would result in the
Holders of Registrable Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Registrable
Securities during that period, unless such action is required by applicable law or permitted by
Section 2(a)(iv) hereof.

     (e) Liquidated Damages. In the event that:

          (i) a Shelf Registration Statement is not filed with the SEC or designated as such by the
Parent, as applicable, on or prior to the Filing Deadline, then liquidated damages (“Liquidated
Damages” ) shall accrue on the principal amount of the Notes at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum for
the first 60-day period from the day following such Filing Deadline, and thereafter at a rate per
annum of 0.50% of the principal amount of the Notes;

          (ii) (x) a Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC, or (y) if the
Issuers and the Parent shall have designated a previously filed and effective Shelf Registration
Statement as the Shelf Registration Statement for purposes of this Agreement, the Issuers and the
Parent shall not have filed a supplement to the Prospectus to cover resales of the Registrable
Securities by the Holders, in the case of either (x) or (y), on or prior to the Effectiveness
Deadline, then Liquidated Damages shall accrue on the principal amount of the Notes at a rate equal
to 0.25% per annum for the first 60-day period from the day following such Effectiveness Deadline,
and thereafter at a rate per annum of 0.50% of the principal amount of the Notes;

-7-

 

          (iii) following the Effective Date, a Shelf Registration Statement is filed and has become
effective under the Securities Act, but then ceases to be effective (without being succeeded
immediately by an additional Shelf Registration Statement that is filed and immediately becomes
effective) or usable for the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities, other than as a result
of a requirement to file a post-effective amendment or supplement to the Prospectus to make changes
to the information regarding selling securityholders or the plan of distribution provided for
therein, and (1) the Parent does not cure the lapse of effectiveness or usability within ten
Business Days (or, if a Suspension Period is then in effect, within ten Business Days following the
expiration of such Suspension Period), or (2) if any Suspension Period or Periods, when aggregated,
exceed 45 days (or, if applicable, 60 days) in any three-month period or 90 days (or, if
applicable, 120 days) in any 12-month period, then, commencing with the 46th day (or, if
applicable, the 61st day) in such three-month period or the 91st day (or, if applicable, the 121st
day) in such 12-month period, as the case may be, then Liquidated Damages shall accrue on the
principal amount of the Notes at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum for the first 60-day period from
the day following the 45th or 90th day, as the case may be, and thereafter at a rate per annum of
0.50% of the principal amount of the Notes (each of the events described in clauses (i) through
(iii) above, a “Registration Default”);

provided, however, that in no event shall Liquidated Damages accrue at a rate per annum exceeding
0.50% of the principal amount of the Notes; and provided further that Liquidated Damages on the
principal amount of the Notes as a result thereof shall cease to accrue:

     (1) upon the filing or designation of a Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of
clause (i) above);

     (2) upon the Effective Date (in the case of clause (ii) above); or

     (3) upon such time as the Shelf Registration Statement which had ceased to remain
effective or usable for resales again becomes effective and usable for resales (in the case
of clause (iii) above).

     Any amounts of Liquidated Damages due pursuant to Section 2(e) will be payable in cash on the
next succeeding interest payment date to Holders on the relevant record dates for the payment of
interest.

     Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, in no event shall Liquidated Damages accrue
to holders of Common Shares issued upon exchange of Notes. If any Note ceases to be outstanding
during any period for which Liquidated Damages are accruing, the Issuers and the Parent will
prorate the Liquidated Damages payable with respect to such Note.

     The Issuers shall provide the Trustee prompt written notice of any Registration Default giving
rise to the payment of Liquidated Damages and of the cure of any such Registration Default such
that Liquidated Damages have ceased to accrue.

     (f) Specific Enforcement. Without limiting the remedies available to the Holders, each of the
Issuers and the Parent acknowledges that any failure by it to comply with its obligations under
Section 2(a) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Holders for which there is no
adequate remedy at law, that it would not be possible to measure damages for

-8-

 

such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, any Holder may obtain such
relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Issuers’ and the Parent’s obligations under
Section 2(a) hereof.

     3. Registration Procedures. In connection with the obligations of the Issuers and the Parent,
as applicable, with respect to the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof,
each of the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Parent, as applicable, shall use its reasonable best
efforts to:

     (a) prepare and file with the SEC or designate a Shelf Registration Statement as
prescribed by Section 2(a)(i) hereof within the relevant time period specified in Section
2(a)(i) hereof on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall (i) be
selected by the Parent, (ii) be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the
selling Holders thereof, and (iii) comply as to form in all material respects with the
requirements of the applicable form and include or incorporate by reference all financial
statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; the Parent shall use its reasonable
best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective and remain
effective and the Prospectus usable for resales in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

     (b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to the
Shelf Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Shelf Registration Statement
effective for the Effectiveness Period, and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented, if so
determined by the Parent or requested by the SEC and subject to the provisions of Section
2(a)(iv) hereof, by any required prospectus supplement and as so supplemented to be filed
pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act, and
comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all
securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement during the Effectiveness Period in
accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the selling Holders
thereof described in this Agreement;

     (c) (i) furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities included in the Shelf
Registration Statement without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each
preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, and such other documents as
such Holder may reasonably request, in order to facilitate the public sale or other
disposition of the Registrable Securities and (ii) consent to the use of the Prospectus or
any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities
included in the Shelf Registration Statement in connection with the offering and sale of the
Registrable Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

     (d) register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state
securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions by the time the applicable Shelf
Registration Statement has become effective under the Securities Act as any Holder of
Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement shall reasonably request in
writing in advance of such date of effectiveness, and do any and all other acts and things
which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to

-9-

 

consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Securities
owned by such Holder; provided , however , that the Parent shall not be required to (i)
qualify as a foreign entity or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would
not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d), (ii) file any general
consent to service of process in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be subject to
such service of process or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it
is not then so subject;

     (e) promptly notify each Holder of Registrable Securities who has properly submitted a
Questionnaire and promptly confirm such notice in writing (i) when a Shelf Registration
Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments thereto become
effective, (ii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop
order suspending the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement or the qualification of
the Registrable Securities in any jurisdiction described in Section 3(d) hereof or the
initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) of the happening of any event as a
result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect,
includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (iv) of the reasonable
determination of the Issuers and the Parent that a post-effective amendment to the Shelf
Registration Statement would be appropriate;

     (f) obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf
Registration Statement as soon as practicable and in any event as required by Section 2 or 3
herefore, and promptly notify each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order;

     (g) furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities who has properly submitted a
Questionnaire, without charge, at least one conformed copy of the Shelf Registration
Statement relating to such Shelf Registration and any post-effective amendment thereto
(without documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

     (h) cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the
timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be
sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and registered in such names as the selling
Holders or the underwriters may reasonably request at least two Business Days prior to the
closing of any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement;

     (i) promptly after the occurrence of any event specified in Section 3(e)(ii) or
3(e)(iii) (subject to the grace periods set forth in Section 2(a)(iv)) hereof, prepare a
supplement or post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or the related
Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required
document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities,
such Prospectus will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the

-10-

 

circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Issuers and the
Parent shall notify each Holder to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable
after the occurrence of such an event, and each Holder hereby agrees to suspend use of the
Prospectus until the Parent has amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such
misstatement or omission;

     (j) make reasonably available for inspection by a representative of the Holders of the
Registrable Securities, (collectively, the “Inspectors”), at the offices where normally
kept, during the Issuer’s and the Parent’s normal business hours, all financial and other
records, pertinent organizational and operational documents and properties of the Issuers,
the Parent and their respective subsidiaries (collectively, the “Records” ) as shall be
reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise any applicable due diligence
responsibilities, and cause the officers, trustees and employees of the Parent and its
subsidiaries to supply all relevant information in each case reasonably requested by any
such Inspector in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement; records and information
which the Issuers and the Parent, in good faith, to be confidential and any Records and
information which it notifies the Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed to any
Inspector except where (i) the release of such Records or information is ordered pursuant to
a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction or is necessary in
connection with any action, suit or proceeding or (ii) such Records or information
previously has been made generally available to the public; each selling Holder of such
Registrable Securities will be required to agree in writing that Records and information
obtained by it as a result of such inspections shall be kept confidential and shall not be
used by it as the basis for any market transactions in the securities of the Issuers or the
Parent unless and until such is made generally available to the public through no fault of
an Inspector or a selling Holder; and each selling Holder of such Registrable Securities
will be required to further agree in writing that it will, upon learning that disclosure of
such Records or information is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, or in connection
with any action, suit or proceeding, give notice to the Issuers and the Parent and allow the
Issuers and the Parent at their expense to undertake appropriate action to prevent
disclosure of the Records and information deemed confidential;

     (k) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC so long as any
provision of this Agreement shall be applicable;

     (l) cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf
Registration Statement and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required
to be made with FINRA;

     (m) if reasonably requested by any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a
Registration Statement, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective
amendment such information with respect to such Holder as such Holder reasonably request to
be included therein and make filings of such prospectus supplement or such post-effective
amendment as required by Section 2 hereof; and

-11-

 

     (n) the Issuers and the Parent may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to
which any registration is being effected to furnish to it such information regarding such
seller as may be required by the staff of the SEC to be included in a Shelf Registration
Statement; the Issuers and the Parent may exclude from such registration the Registrable
Securities of any seller who unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a
reasonable time after receiving such request; and the Issuers and the Parent shall have no
obligation to register under the Securities Act the Registrable Securities of a seller who
so fails to furnish such information.

     Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of a Suspension Period notification pursuant to Section
2(a)(iv) hereof, any notice from the Issuers or the Parent of the occurrence of any event specified
in Section 3(e)(ii), 3(e)(iii), or 3(e)(iv) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue
disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement until such
Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section
3(i) hereof or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Issuers or the Parent that the
use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed.

     4. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Issuers, the Guarantors and the Parent agree,
jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser and each Holder, their
respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial
Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including,
without limitation, legal fees and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with any suit,
action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or
several, that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of
a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any Prospectus or any omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are
based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in
reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser or any
Holder furnished to the Issuers, the Guarantors or the Parent in writing through the Representative
or any selling Holder expressly for use therein; provided, that with respect to any such untrue
statement in or omission from any preliminary Prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this
paragraph (a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder to the extent that the sale to the
person asserting any such loss, claim, damage or liability was an initial resale by such Holder and
any such loss, claim, damage or liability of or with respect to such Holder results from the fact
that both (i) a copy of the final Prospectus (excluding any documents incorporated by reference
therein) was not sent or given to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale
of such Common Shares to such person and (ii) the untrue statement in or omission from such
preliminary Prospectus was corrected in the final Prospectus unless, in either case, such failure
to deliver the final Prospectus was a result of non-compliance by the Issuers, the Guarantors or
the Parent with the provisions of Section 2(a).

     (b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers,
the Guarantors, the Parent, each Initial Purchaser and the other selling Holders, their

-12-

 

respective affiliates, the partners of the Issuers, the Guarantors or the Parent, each officer
of the Parent who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the
Issuers, the Guarantors or the Parent, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder within
the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same
extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses,
claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or
omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any
information relating to such Holder furnished to the Issuers, the Guarantors or the Parent in
writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement and any Prospectus.

     (c) If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation),
claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification
may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “Indemnified Person”)
shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying
Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve
it from any liability that it may have under this Section 4 except to the extent that it has been
materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure;
and provided, further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it
from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under this Section 4.
If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have
notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably
satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled
to indemnification pursuant to this Section 4 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such
proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as
incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own
counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified
Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to
the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have
reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in
addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such
proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the
Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate
due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the
Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same
jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to
any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be
reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm (x) for any Initial Purchaser, its
affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be
designated in writing by such Initial Purchaser, (y) for any Holder, its affiliates, directors and
officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority
Holders and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Issuers or the Parent.
The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without
its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the
plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any
loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. The Indemnified Person shall notify
the

-13-

 

Indemnifying Person promptly upon any such settlement or final judgment. Notwithstanding the
foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying
Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this
paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected
without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt
by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have
reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such
settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person,
effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified
Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such
Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such
Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from
all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any
statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any
Indemnified Person.

     (d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an
Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities
referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying
such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuers or the
Guarantors from the offering of the Notes, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Notes
or Common Shares (including Common Shares registered under the Securities Act), on the other hand,
or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i)
but also the relative fault of the Issuers, the Guarantors or the Parent on the one hand and the
Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The
relative fault of the Issuers, the Guarantors or the Parent on the one hand and the Holders on the
other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates
to information supplied by the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Parent or by the Holders and the
parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such statement or omission.

     (e) The Issuers, the Guarantors, the Parent, the Initial Purchasers and the Holders agree that
it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4 were determined by
pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any
other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to
in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the
losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to
include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such
Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of
this Section 4, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the
amount by which the total price at which the Common Shares sold by such Holder exceeds the amount
of any damages that such Holder has otherwise

-14-

 

been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section
11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty
of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

     (f) The remedies provided for in this Section 4 are not exclusive and shall not limit any
rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

     (g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 4 shall remain
operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii)
any investigation made by or on behalf of any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, their respective
affiliates or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the
Issuers, the Guarantors or the Parent, its affiliates or the officers or directors of or any Person
controlling the Issuers, the Guarantors or the Parent, (iii) acceptance of any of Common Shares and
(iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

     5. Underwritten Registration; Participation Therein. In no event will the method of
distribution of the Registrable Securities take the form of an underwritten offering without the
prior written consent of the Parent. No Holder may participate in an underwritten registration
hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis
provided in the underwriting arrangement approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such
arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney,
indemnities, underwriting agreements, lockup letters and other documents reasonably required under
the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

     6. Selection of Underwriters. The Holders of Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf
Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell the Common Shares covered by such Shelf
Registration in an underwritten offering, subject to the provisions of Sections 3(1) and 5 hereof.
In any such underwritten offering, the underwriter or underwriters and manager or managers that
will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount or number, as the context requires, of the Registrable Securities included in such offering;
provided, however, that such underwriters and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to the
Issuers and the Parent.

     7. Miscellaneous.

     (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. None of the Issuers, the Guarantors nor the Parent has
entered into, and will not enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted
to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the
provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and
are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Issuers’ or the Parent’s other
issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.

     (b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of
this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or

-15-

 

consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Issuers and the
Parent have obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount or
number, as the context requires, of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such
amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or departure; provided that no amendment, modification
or supplement or waiver or consent to the departure with respect to the provisions of Section 4
hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in
writing by such Holder of Registrable Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, (i) this
Agreement may be amended, without the consent of any Holder of Registrable Securities, by written
agreement signed by the Issuers, the Parent and the Initial Purchasers, to cure any ambiguity,
correct or supplement any provision of this Agreement that may be inconsistent with any other
provision of this Agreement or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions
arising under this Agreement which shall not be inconsistent with other provisions of this
Agreement, (ii) this Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers and consents
to departures from the provisions hereof may be given, by written agreement signed by the Issuers,
the Parent and the Initial Purchasers to the extent that any such amendment, modification,
supplement, waiver or consent is, in their reasonable judgment, necessary or appropriate to comply
with applicable law (including any interpretation of the Staff of the SEC) or any change therein
and (iii) to the extent any provision of this Agreement relates to the Initial Purchasers, such
provision may be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from such
provisions may be given, by written agreement signed by the Initial Purchasers, the Issuers and the
Parent.

     (c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall
be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier
guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such
Holder to the Issuers or the Parent by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of
this Section 7(d), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address
set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and (ii) if to the Issuers, the Parent and the Guarantors,
initially at the Issuers’ address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other
address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7(d).

     All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time
delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail,
postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business
Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

     (d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the successors, assigns and transferees of the Initial Purchasers, including, without limitation
and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided , however , that
nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of
Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the indenture relating
to the Notes or the charter of the Parent. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire
Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable
Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding
such Registrable Securities, such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have

-16-

 

agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and
such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.

     (e) Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary of the
agreements made hereunder among the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Parent and the Initial Purchasers,
and the Initial Purchasers shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent
it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of Holders
hereunder.

     (f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the
parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

     (g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall
not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

     (h) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MADE IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
THE VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH HEREIN,
SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT
GIVING EFFECT TO ANY PROVISIONS RELATING TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES
TO SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY SUIT, ACTION
OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED
HEREBY, IRREVOCABLY WANES ANY DEFENSE OF LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT
ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH
COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WANES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO
SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF
SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION
OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

     (i) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or
the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the
remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

     (j) Registrable Securities Held by the Parent or its Affiliates. Whenever the consent or
approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder,
Registrable Securities held by the Parent or any of its Affiliates shall not be counted in
determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

-17-

 

     (k) No Other Obligation to Register. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement, the Issuers and the Parent shall have no obligation to the Holders to register the
Registrable Securities under the Securities Act.

     (l) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of
their agreement and intended to be the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and
understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are
no restrictions, promises, representations, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth
or referred to herein, with respect to such subject matter. This Agreement supersedes all prior
agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

(Signature Page Follows)

-18-

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Very truly yours,

CLEARWIRE CORPORATION

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Hope F. Cochran
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance &
Treasurer 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CLEARWIRE COMMUNICATIONS LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/  Hope F. Cochran
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance &
Treasurer 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CLEARWIRE FINANCE, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Hope F. Cochran
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance &
Treasurer 	 

[Signature
Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	GUARANTORS:

CLEARWIRE LEGACY LLC and
CLEARWIRE XOHM LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	Clearwire Communications, LLC, as manager
 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	                         /s/ Hope F. Cochran
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance & Treasurer 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CLEAR WIRELESS, LLC, CLEARWIRE
SPECTRUM HOLDINGS III LLC,
CLEARWIRE US LLC and CLEAR
MANAGEMENT SERVICES LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	Clearwire Communications, LLC, as member
 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	                         /s/ Hope F. Cochran
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance & Treasurer 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CLEAR GLOBAL SERVICES LLC and
CLEAR PARTNER
HOLDINGS LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	Clear Wireless LLC, as member
 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	                     /s/ Hope F. Cochran
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance & Treasurer 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	BILLING LEGACY LLC, CLEARWIRE
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES,
LLC, CLEARMEDIA, LLC, FIXED
WIRELESS HOLDINGS, LLC,
CLEARWIRE SPECTRUM HOLDINGS II
LLC and CLEARWIRE SPECTRUM
HOLDINGS LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	Clearwire Legacy LLC, as member
 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	                    /s/ Hope F. Cochran
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance & Treasurer 	 

[Signature
Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

-2-

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WINBEAM LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	Clearwire US LLC, as member
 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	                      /s/ Hope F. Cochran
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance & Treasurer 	 
	 
	 	AMERICAN TELECASTING DEVELOPMENT, LLC,

AMERICAN TELECASTING OF ANCHORAGE, LLC,

AMERICAN TELECASTING OF BEND, LLC, FRESNO MMDS

ASSOCIATES, LLC, AMERICAN TELECASTING OF

COLUMBUS, LLC, AMERICAN TELECASTING OF DENVER,

LLC, AMERICAN TELECASTING OF FORT MYERS, LLC,

AMERICAN TELECASTING OF FT. COLLINS, LLC,

AMERICAN TELECASTING OF GREEN BAY, LLC,

AMERICAN TELECASTING OF LANSING, LLC, AMERICAN

TELECASTING OF LINCOLN, LLC, AMERICAN

TELECASTING LITTLE ROCK, LLC, AMERICAN

TELECASTING OF LOUISVILLE, LLC, AMERICAN

TELECASTING OF MEDFORD, LLC, AMERICAN

TELECASTING OF MICHIANA, LLC, AMERICAN

TELECASTING OF MONTEREY, LLC, AMERICAN

TELECASTING OF REDDING, LLC, AMERICAN

TELECASTING OF SANTA BARBARA, LLC, AMERICAN

TELECASTING OF SEATTLE, LLC, AMERICAN

TELECASTING OF SHERIDAN, LLC, AMERICAN

TELECASTING OF YUBA CITY, LLC, ATI OF SANTA

ROSA, LLC, ATI SUB, LLC, NSAC, LLC, ALDA

WIRELESS HOLDINGS, LLC, PCTV GOLD II, LLC,

PCTV OF SALT LAKE CITY, LLC, PCTV SUB, LLC,

PEOPLE’S CHOICE TV OF ALBUQUERQUE, LLC, PEOPLE’S

 

[Signature
Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

-3-

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CHOICE TV OF HOUSTON, LLC, PEOPLE’S CHOICE TV

OF ST. LOUIS, LLC, SPEEDCHOICE OF DETROIT,

LLC, SPEEDCHOICE OF PHOENIX, LLC, ATL MDS,

LLC, BAY AREA CABLEVISION, LLC, BROADCAST

CABLE, LLC, SCC X, LLC, SPRINT (BAY AREA),

LLC, TDI ACQUISITION SUB, LLC, TRANSWORLD

TELECOM II, LLC, WAVEPATH SUB, LLC, WBS OF

AMERICA, LLC, WBS OF SACRAMENTO, LLC, WBSY

LICENSING, LLC, WBSFP LICENSING, LLC, WCOF,

LLC, WIRELESS BROADBAND SERVICES OF AMERICA,

LLC and KENNEWICK LICENSING, LLC

 
	 	By:  	Clearwire XOHM LLC, as manager
 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	                    /s/ Hope F. Cochran
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Hope F. Cochran 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President, Finance & Treasurer 	 

[Signature
Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

-4-

 

	 	 	 	 	 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED, as of the date first above written:

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,

On behalf of itself and as the Representative of

the several Initial Purchasers listed on Schedule 1 to the Purchase Agreement

	 	 	 	 	 

	By:  
	/s/ Jason M. Wood	 	 
	 	Name:  	Jason M. Wood 	 
	 	Title:  	Managing Director 	 

-5-

 

Appendix A

Form of Selling Securityholder Notice and Questionnaire

The undersigned beneficial holder of 8.25% Exchangeable Notes due 2040 (the “Notes”) of Clearwire
Communications LLC (the “Company”) and Clearwire Finance, Inc. (“Finance Co” and, together with the
Company, the “Issuers”) or common stock par value $0.0001 of Clearwire Corporation (“Parent”),
issuable on exchange of the Notes (the “Registrable Securities”), understands that Parent has filed
or intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement (the “Shelf
Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of the Registration
Rights Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2010 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), among the
Issuers, Parent, the guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”) and the Initial Purchasers named
therein. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is available from Parent upon request at the
address set forth below. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning
ascribed thereto in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities is entitled to the benefits of the Registration
Rights Agreement. In order to sell or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities pursuant to
the Shelf Registration Statement, a beneficial owner of Registrable Securities generally will be
required to be named as a Selling Securityholder (as defined below) in the related prospectus,
deliver a prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities and be bound by those provisions of
the Registration Rights Agreement applicable to such beneficial owner (including certain
indemnification provisions as described below). Beneficial owners are encouraged to complete,
exe-cute and deliver this Questionnaire prior to the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration
Statement so that such beneficial owners may be named as Selling Securityholders in the related
prospectus at the time of effectiveness. Any beneficial owner of Registrable Securities wishing to
include its Registrable Securities must deliver to Parent a properly completed and signed
Questionnaire.

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as Selling Securityholders in the Shelf
Registration Statement and the related prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of
Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the
con-sequences of being named or not being named as a Selling Securityholder in the Shelf
Registration Statement and the related prospectus.

Notice

The undersigned beneficial owner (the “Selling Securityholder”) of Registrable Securities hereby
gives notice to the Issuers and Parent of its intention to sell or otherwise dispose of Registrable
Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item 3(b) pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement at some point. The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and
Questionnaire, understands that it will be bound by the terms and conditions of this Notice and
Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

 

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the undersigned has agreed to indemnify and hold
harmless the Issuers, Parent, the Guarantors, each Initial Purchaser and the other selling Holders,
their respective affiliates, the partners of the Issuers, the Guarantors or the Parent, each
officer of the Parent who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls
the Issuers, the Guarantors or the Parent, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder
within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), from and against some losses arising in
connection with statements concerning the undersigned made in the Registration Statement or the
related prospectus in reliance upon the information provided in this Questionnaire.

The undersigned hereby provides the following information to the Issuers and Parent and represents
and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

Questionnaire

	1. 	(a)	 	Full Legal Name of Selling Securityholder:
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	(b)	 	Full Legal Name of Registered Holder (if not the same as (a) above) through
which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	(c)	 	Full Legal Name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as
(b) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:

	2.	 	Address for Notices to Selling Securityholder:
	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	Telephone:
	 
	 	 	Fax:
	 
	 	 	Email address:
	 
	 	 	Contact Person:
	 
	3.	 	Beneficial Ownership of Registrable Securities:

Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned Selling Securityholder does not
beneficially own any Registrable Securities.

	 	(a)	 	Number of shares of Registrable Securities (as defined in the Registration
Rights Agreement) beneficially owned:
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 

 

 

	 	(b)	 	Number of shares of the Registrable Securities which the undersigned wishes to
be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 

	4.	 	Beneficial Ownership of other Clearwire Corporation securities owned by the Selling
Securityholder:
	 
	 	 	Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned is not the beneficial or
registered owner of any securities of Clearwire Corporation other than the Registrable
Securities listed above in Item (3).

	 	(a)	 	Type and amount of other securities beneficially owned by the Selling
Securityholder:
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	(b)	 	CUSP No(s). of such other securities beneficially owned:
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 

	5.	 	Relationship with Clearwire Corporation:

	 	(a)	 	Have you or any of your affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity
holders (owners of 5% or more of the equity securities of the Selling Securityholder)
held any position or office or have you had any other material relationship with
Clearwire Corporation (or its predecessors or affiliates) within the past three years?
	 
	 	 	 	o Yes.
	 
	 	 	 	o No.
	 
	 	(b)	 	If so, please state the nature and duration of your relationship with Clearwire
Corporation:
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	6. 	(a)	 	Broker-Dealer Status

 

 

	 	 	 	Is the Selling Securityholder a broker-dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of
the Exchange Act?
	 
	 	 	 	o Yes.
	 
	 	 	 	o No.
	 
	 	 	 	Note that we will be required to identify any registered broker-dealer as an
underwriter in the prospectus. If so, please answer the remaining questions in this
section.
	 
	 	 	 	If the Selling Securityholder is a registered broker-dealer, please indicate whether
the Selling Securityholder purchased its Registrable Securities for investment or
acquired them as transaction-based compensation for investment banking or similar
services.
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	If the Selling Securityholder is a registered broker-dealer and received its
Registrable Securities other than as transaction-based compensation, Parent is
required to identify you as an underwriter in the Shelf Registration Statement and
related prospectus.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Affiliation with Broker-Dealers:
	 
	 	 	 	Is the Selling Securityholder an affiliate of a registered broker-dealer? For
purposes of this Item 5(b), an “affiliate” of a specified person or entity means a
person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries,
controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person or entity
specified.
	 
	 	 	 	o Yes.
	 
	 	 	 	o No.
	 
	 	 	 	If so, please answer the remaining questions in this section.

	 	(i)	 	Please describe the affiliation between the Selling
Securityholder and any registered broker-dealers:
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	(ii)	 	If the Notes were purchased by the Selling Securityholder other
than in the ordinary course of business, please describe the circumstances:

 

 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	(iii)	 	If the Selling Securityholder, at the time of its purchase of
Registrable Securities, has had any agreements or understandings, directly or
indirectly, with any person to distribute the Registrable Securities, please
describe such agreements or understandings:
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	Note that if the Selling Securityholder is an affiliate of a broker-dealer
and did not purchase its notes in the ordinary course of business or at the
time of the purchase had any agreements or understandings, directly or
indirectly, to distribute the securities, we must identify the Selling
Securityholder as an underwriter in the prospectus.

	7.	 	Nature of Beneficial Holding. The purpose of this question is to identify the ultimate
natural person(s) or publicly held entity that exercise(s) sole or shared voting or
disparities power over the Registrable Securities.

	 	(a)	 	Is the Selling Securityholder a natural person?
	 
	 	 	 	o Yes.
	 
	 	 	 	o No.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Is the Selling Securityholder required to file, or is it a wholly owned
subsidiary of a company that is required to file, periodic and other reports (for
example, Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K) with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant
to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act?
	 
	 	 	 	o Yes.
	 
	 	 	 	o No.
	 
	 	(c)	 	State whether the Selling Securityholder is an investment company, or a
subsidiary of an investment company, registered under the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended:
	 
	 	 	 	o Yes.
	 
	 	 	 	o No.
	 
	 	(d)	 	If a subsidiary, please identify the publicly held parent entity:
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 

 

 

	 	 	If you answered “No” to questions (a), (b) and (c) above, please identify the controlling
per-son(s) of the Selling Securityholder (the “Controlling Entity”). If the Controlling
Entity is not a natural person or a publicly held entity, please identify each controlling
person(s) of such Controlling Entity. This process should be repeated until you reach
natural persons or a publicly held entity that exercise sole or shared voting or disparities
power over the Registrable Securities:

*** PLEASE NOTE THAT THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION REQUIRES THAT THESE NATURAL PERSONS BE
NAMED IN THE PROSPECTUS ***

If you need more space for this response, please attach additional sheets of paper. Please be sure
to indicate your name and the number of the item being responded to on each such additional sheet
of paper, and to sign each such additional sheet of paper before attaching it to this
Questionnaire. Please note that you may be asked to answer additional questions depending on your
responses to the above questions.

	8.	 	Plan of Distribution:
	 
	 	 	Except as set forth below, the undersigned (including its donees or pledgees) intends to
distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement only as follows (if at all): such Registrable Securities may be sold
from time to time directly by the undersigned or alternatively through underwriters,
broker-dealers or agents. If the Registrable Securities are sold through underwriters,
broker-dealers or agents, the Selling Securityholder will be responsible for underwriting
discounts or commissions or agent’s commissions. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in
one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale,
at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be
effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any
national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registrable Securities may be
listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in
transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market
or (iv) through the writing of options. The Selling Securityholder may pledge or grant a
security interest in some or all of the Registrable Securities owned by it and, if it
defaults in the performance of its secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may
offer and sell the Registrable Securities from time to time pursuant to the prospectus. The
Selling Securityholder also may transfer and donate shares in other circumstances in which
case the transferees, donees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling
Securityholder for purposes of the prospectus.
	 
	 	 	State any exceptions here: 

	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 

 

 

			
	Note:	 	In no event may such method(s) of distribution take the form of an underwritten offering of
the Registrable Securities without the prior agreement of Clearwire Corporation.

By returning this Questionnaire, the selling securityholder will be deemed to be aware of the
foregoing interpretation.

	9.	 	Securities Received From Named Selling Securityholder:

Did the Selling Securityholder receive its Registrable Securities listed above in Item 3 as a
transferee from selling securityholder(s) previously identified in the Shelf Registration
Statement?

	 	 	o Yes.
	 
	 	 	o No.
	 
	 	 	If so, please answer the remaining questions in this section.

	 	(i)	 	Did the Selling Securityholder receive such Registrable
Securities listed above in Item (3) from the named selling securityholder(s)
prior to the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement?
	 
	 	 	 	o Yes.
	 
	 	 	 	o No.

	 	 	 	Identify below the name(s) of the selling securityholder(s) from whom the Selling
Securityholder received the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) and the
date on which such securities were received.

The undersigned acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply with the provisions of
the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder relating to stock manipulation, particularly Regulation M
thereunder (or any successor rules or regulations), in connection with any offering of Registrable
Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. The undersigned agrees that neither it nor
any person acting on its behalf will engage in any transaction in violation of such pro-visions.

The Selling Securityholder hereby acknowledges its obligations under the Registration Rights
Agreement to indemnify and hold harmless certain persons set forth therein.

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers, Parent and the Guarantors have agreed
under certain circumstances to indemnify the Selling Securityholders against certain liabilities.

 

 

In accordance with the undersigned’s obligation under the Registration Rights Agreement to provide
such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the
undersigned agrees to provide any additional information the Issuers and Parent may reasonably
request and to promptly notify the Issuers and Parent of any inaccuracies or changes in the
information provided that may occur at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains
effective. All notices hereunder and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in
writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as
follows:

To the Issuers and Parent:

Clearwire Corporation

4400 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033

Attention: Legal Department

In the event any Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities
listed in Item 3 above after the date on which such information is provided to the Issuers and
Parent, the Selling Securityholder will notify the transferee(s) at the time of transfer of its
rights and obligations under this Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement.

By signing this Questionnaire, the undersigned consents to the disclosure of the in-formation
contained herein in its answers to items (1) through (7) above and the inclusion of such
information in the Shelf Registration Statement, the related prospectus and any state securities or
Blue Sky applications. The undersigned understands that such information will be relied upon by the
Issuers and Parent without independent investigation or inquiry in connection with the preparation
or amendment of the Shelf Registration Statement, the related prospectus and any state securities
or Blue Sky applications.

Once this Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Issuers and
Parent, the terms of this Questionnaire and the representations and warranties contained herein
shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by the respective
successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the Issuers and Parent and the Selling
Securityholder with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling
Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above. This Questionnaire shall be governed by, and construed
in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflicts-of-laws
provisions thereof.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Questionnaire to be
executed and delivered either in person or by its authorized agent.

Dated:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Beneficial Owner: 

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

Please return the completed and executed notice and questionnaire to:

Clearwire Corporation

4400 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033

Attention: Legal Department

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00182-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00182-of-00352.parquet"}]]